5 <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge">
6 <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1">
7 <title>ImageMagick: Command-line Options</title>
8 <meta http-equiv="content-language" content="en-US">
9 <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
10 <meta http-equiv="reply-to" content="magick-users@imagemagick.org">
11 <meta name="application-name" content="ImageMagick">
12 <meta name="description" content="ImageMagick® is a software suite to create, edit, compose, or convert bitmap images. It can read and write images in a variety of formats (over 200) including PNG, JPEG, JPEG-2000, GIF, WebP, Postscript, PDF, and SVG. Use ImageMagick to resize, flip, mirror, rotate, distort, shear and transform images, adjust image colors, apply various special effects, or draw text, lines, polygons, ellipses and Bézier curves.">
13 <meta name="application-url" content="http://www.imagemagick.org">
14 <meta name="generator" content="PHP">
15 <meta name="keywords" content="command-line, options, ImageMagick, PerlMagick, image processing, image, photo, software, Magick++, OpenMP, convert">
16 <meta name="rating" content="GENERAL">
17 <meta name="robots" content="INDEX, FOLLOW">
18 <meta name="generator" content="ImageMagick Studio LLC">
19 <meta name="author" content="ImageMagick Studio LLC">
20 <meta name="revisit-after" content="2 DAYS">
21 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
22 <meta name="copyright" content="Copyright (c) 1999-2015 ImageMagick Studio LLC">
23 <meta name="distribution" content="Global">
24 <meta name="magick-serial" content="P131-S030410-R485315270133-P82224-A6668-G1245-1">
25 <link rel="icon" href="../images/wand.png">
26 <link rel="shortcut icon" href="../images/wand.ico" type="images/x-icon">
27 <link rel="stylesheet" href="css/bootstrap.min.css">
28 <link rel="stylesheet" href="css/magick.css">
33 <div class="magick-masthead">
34 <div class="container">
35 <script type="text/javascript">
37 google_ad_client = "pub-3129977114552745";
38 google_ad_slot = "5439289906";
39 google_ad_width = 728;
40 google_ad_height = 90;
43 <center><script type="text/javascript" src="http://localhost/pagead/show_ads.js">
45 <nav class="magick-nav">
46 <a class="magick-nav-item " href="../index.html">Home</a>
47 <a class="magick-nav-item " href="binary-releases.html">Downloads</a>
48 <a class="magick-nav-item " href="command-line-tools.html">Tools</a>
49 <a class="magick-nav-item active" href="command-line-options.html">Options</a>
50 <a class="magick-nav-item " href="api.html">Development</a>
51 <a class="magick-nav-item " href="http://www.imagemagick.org/script/search.php">Search</a>
52 <a class="magick-nav-item pull-right" href="http://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/">Community</a>
56 <div class="container">
57 <div class="magick-header">
58 <p class="text-center"><a href="command-line-options.html#adaptive-blur">‑adaptive‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#adaptive-resize">‑adaptive‑resize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#adaptive-sharpen">‑adaptive‑sharpen</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#adjoin">‑adjoin</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">‑affine</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">‑alpha</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">‑annotate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#antialias">‑antialias</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#append">‑append</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#attenuate">‑attenuate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#authenticate">‑authenticate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-gamma">‑auto‑gamma</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">‑auto‑level</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-orient">‑auto‑orient</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#backdrop">‑backdrop</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#background">‑background</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#bench">‑bench</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#bias">‑bias</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#black-point-compensation">‑black‑point‑compensation</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#black-threshold">‑black‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#blend">‑blend</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#blue-primary">‑blue‑primary</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#blue-shift">‑blue‑shift</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#blur">‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#border">‑border</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">‑bordercolor</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#borderwidth">‑borderwidth</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#brightness-contrast">‑brightness‑contrast</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#cache">‑cache</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#canny">‑canny</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#caption">‑caption</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#cdl">‑cdl</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">‑channel</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#charcoal">‑charcoal</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#chop">‑chop</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clamp">‑clamp</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clip">‑clip</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clip-mask">‑clip‑mask</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clip-path">‑clip‑path</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clone">‑clone</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#clut">‑clut</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#coalesce">‑coalesce</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#colorize">‑colorize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#colormap">‑colormap</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#color-matrix">‑color‑matrix</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">‑colors</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#colorspace">‑colorspace</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#combine">‑combine</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#comment">‑comment</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#compare">‑compare</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#complex">‑complex</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">‑compose</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">‑composite</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#compress">‑compress</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#connected-components">‑connected‑components</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast">‑contrast</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">‑contrast‑stretch</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#convolve">‑convolve</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#crop">‑crop</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#cycle">‑cycle</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#debug">‑debug</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#decipher">‑decipher</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#deconstruct">‑deconstruct</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#define">‑define</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#delay">‑delay</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#delete">‑delete</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#density">‑density</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#depth">‑depth</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#descend">‑descend</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#deskew">‑deskew</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#despeckle">‑despeckle</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#direction">‑direction</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#displace">‑displace</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#display">‑display</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">‑dispose</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#dissimilarity-threshold">‑dissimilarity‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#dissolve">‑dissolve</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">‑distort</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#distribute-cache">‑distribute‑cache</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#dither">‑dither</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">‑draw</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#duplicate">‑duplicate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#edge">‑edge</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#emboss">‑emboss</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#encipher">‑encipher</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#encoding">‑encoding</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#endian">‑endian</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#enhance">‑enhance</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#equalize">‑equalize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">‑evaluate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate-sequence">‑evaluate‑sequence</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#extent">‑extent</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#extract">‑extract</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#family">‑family</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#features">‑features</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">‑fft</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">‑fill</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">‑filter</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#flatten">‑flatten</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#flip">‑flip</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#floodfill">‑floodfill</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#flop">‑flop</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#font">‑font</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#foreground">‑foreground</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#format">‑format</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#format_identify_">‑format[identify]</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">‑frame</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#frame_import_">‑frame[import]</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#function">‑function</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">‑fuzz</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">‑fx</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">‑gamma</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#gaussian-blur">‑gaussian‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">‑geometry</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">‑gravity</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#grayscale">‑grayscale</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#green-primary">‑green‑primary</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#hald-clut">‑hald‑clut</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#help">‑help</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#highlight-color">‑highlight‑color</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#hough-lines">‑hough‑lines</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#iconGeometry">‑iconGeometry</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#iconic">‑iconic</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#identify">‑identify</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#ift">‑ift</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#immutable">‑immutable</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#implode">‑implode</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#insert">‑insert</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">‑intensity</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#intent">‑intent</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#interlace">‑interlace</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#interpolate">‑interpolate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#interline-spacing">‑interline‑spacing</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#interword-spacing">‑interword‑spacing</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#kerning">‑kerning</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#kuwahara">‑kuwahara</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#label">‑label</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#lat">‑lat</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">‑layers</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#level">‑level</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#level-colors">‑level‑colors</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#limit">‑limit</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#linear-stretch">‑linear‑stretch</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#linewidth">‑linewidth</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#liquid-rescale">‑liquid‑rescale</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#list">‑list</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#log">‑log</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#loop">‑loop</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#lowlight-color">‑lowlight‑color</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#magnify">‑magnify</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#map">‑map</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#map_stream_">‑map[stream]</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#mask">‑mask</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">‑mattecolor</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#median">‑median</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#mean-shift">‑mean‑shift</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#metric">‑metric</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#mode">‑mode</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#modulate">‑modulate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#moments">‑moments</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#monitor">‑monitor</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#monochrome">‑monochrome</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#morph">‑morph</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">‑morphology</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#mosaic">‑mosaic</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#motion-blur">‑motion‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#name">‑name</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#negate">‑negate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#noise">‑noise</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#normalize">‑normalize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#opaque">‑opaque</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#ordered-dither">‑ordered‑dither</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#orient">‑orient</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#page">‑page</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#paint">‑paint</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#path">‑path</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#pause_animate_">‑pause[animate]</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#pause_import_">‑pause[import]</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#perceptible">‑perceptible</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#ping">‑ping</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#pointsize">‑pointsize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#polaroid">‑polaroid</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#poly">‑poly</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#posterize">‑posterize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#precision">‑precision</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#preview">‑preview</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#print">‑print</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#process">‑process</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">‑profile</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#quality">‑quality</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#quantize">‑quantize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#quiet">‑quiet</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#radial-blur">‑radial‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#raise">‑raise</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#random-threshold">‑random‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#red-primary">‑red‑primary</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#regard-warnings">‑regard‑warnings</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#region">‑region</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#remap">‑remap</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#remote">‑remote</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#render">‑render</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">‑repage</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#resample">‑resample</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">‑resize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#respect-parentheses">‑respect‑parentheses</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#reverse">‑reverse</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#roll">‑roll</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#rotate">‑rotate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sample">‑sample</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">‑sampling‑factor</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#scale">‑scale</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#scene">‑scene</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#screen">‑screen</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#seed">‑seed</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#segment">‑segment</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#selective-blur">‑selective‑blur</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#separate">‑separate</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sepia-tone">‑sepia‑tone</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#set">‑set</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#shade">‑shade</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#shadow">‑shadow</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#shared-memory">‑shared‑memory</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sharpen">‑sharpen</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#shave">‑shave</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#shear">‑shear</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sigmoidal-contrast">‑sigmoidal‑contrast</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#silent">‑silent</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#similarity-threshold">‑similarity‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#size">‑size</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sketch">‑sketch</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#smush">‑smush</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#snaps">‑snaps</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#solarize">‑solarize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#sparse-color">‑sparse‑color</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#splice">‑splice</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#spread">‑spread</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#statistic">‑statistic</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#stegano">‑stegano</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#stereo">‑stereo</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#storage-type">‑storage‑type</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#stretch">‑stretch</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#strip">‑strip</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#stroke">‑stroke</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#strokewidth">‑strokewidth</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#style">‑style</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#subimage-search">‑subimage‑search</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#swap">‑swap</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#swirl">‑swirl</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#synchronize">‑synchronize</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#taint">‑taint</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#text-font">‑text‑font</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#texture">‑texture</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#threshold">‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#thumbnail">‑thumbnail</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#tile">‑tile</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#tile-offset">‑tile‑offset</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#tint">‑tint</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#title">‑title</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#transform">‑transform</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">‑transparent</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent-color">‑transparent‑color</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#transpose">‑transpose</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#transverse">‑transverse</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#treedepth">‑treedepth</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#trim">‑trim</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#type">‑type</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#undercolor">‑undercolor</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#unique-colors">‑unique‑colors</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#units">‑units</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#unsharp">‑unsharp</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#update">‑update</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">‑verbose</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#version">‑version</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#view">‑view</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#vignette">‑vignette</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">‑virtual‑pixel</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#visual">‑visual</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#watermark">‑watermark</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#wave">‑wave</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#weight">‑weight</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#white-point">‑white‑point</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#white-threshold">‑white‑threshold</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#window">‑window</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#window-group">‑window‑group</a> • <a href="command-line-options.html#write">‑write</a> </p>
60 <p class="lead magick-description">Below is list of command-line options recognized by the ImageMagick <a href="command-line-tools.html">command-line tools</a>. If you want a description of a particular option, click on the option name in the navigation bar above and you will go right to it. Unless otherwise noted, each option is recognized by the commands: <a href="convert.html">convert</a> and <a href="mogrify.html">mogrify</a>.</p>
62 <div style="margin: auto;">
63 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="adaptive-blur"></a>-adaptive-blur <var>radius</var>[x<var>sigma</var>]</h3>
66 <p class="magick-description">Adaptively blur pixels, with decreasing effect near edges.</p>
68 <p>A Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (<var>sigma</var>) is used. If <var>sigma</var> is not given it
71 <div style="margin: auto;">
72 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="adaptive-resize"></a>-adaptive-resize <var>geometry</var></h3>
75 <p class="magick-description">Resize the image using data-dependent triangulation.</p>
77 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <a href="command-line-options.html#adaptive-resize">-adaptive-resize</a>
78 option defaults to data-dependent triangulation. Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> to choose a different resampling algorithm.
79 Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are ignored, and the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
81 <div style="margin: auto;">
82 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="adaptive-sharpen"></a>-adaptive-sharpen <var>radius</var>[x<var>sigma</var>]</h3>
85 <p class="magick-description">Adaptively sharpen pixels, with increasing effect near edges.</p>
87 <p>A Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation
88 (<var>sigma</var>) is used. If <var>sigma</var> is not given it
91 <div style="margin: auto;">
92 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="adjoin"></a>-adjoin</h3>
95 <p class="magick-description">Join images into a single multi-image file.</p>
97 <p>This option is enabled by default. An attempt is made to save all images of
98 an image sequence into the given output file. However, some formats, such as
99 JPEG and PNG, do not support more than one image per file, and in that case
100 ImageMagick is forced to write each image as a separate file. As such, if
101 more than one image needs to be written, the filename given is modified by
102 adding a <a href="command-line-options.html#scene">-scene</a> number before the suffix, in order to
103 make distinct names for each image. </p>
105 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#adjoin">+adjoin</a> to force each image to be written to
106 separate files, whether or not the file format allows multiple images per file
107 (for example, GIF, MIFF, and TIFF). </p>
109 <p>Including a C-style integer format string in the output filename will
110 automagically enable <a href="command-line-options.html#adjoin">+adjoin</a> and are used to specify
111 where the <a href="command-line-options.html#scene">-scene</a> number is placed in the filenames. These
112 strings, such as '<code>%d</code>' or '<code>%03d</code>', are familiar to those
113 who have used the standard <code>printf()</code>' C-library function. As an
114 example, the command</p>
117 convert logo: rose: -morph 15 my%02dmorph.jpg
120 <p>will create a sequence of 17 images (the two given plus 15 more created by
121 <a href="command-line-options.html#morph">-morph</a>), named: my00morph.jpg, my01morph.jpg,
122 my02morph.jpg, ..., my16morph.jpg. </p>
124 <p>In summary, ImageMagick tries to write all images to one file, but will
125 save to multiple files, if any of the following conditions exist...</p>
127 <li>the output image's file format does not allow multi-image files,</li>
128 <li>the <a href="command-line-options.html#adjoin">+adjoin</a> option is given, or</li>
129 <li>a printf() integer format string (eg: "%d") is present in the output
134 <div style="margin: auto;">
135 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="affine"></a>-affine
136 <var>s<sub>x</sub></var>,<var>r<sub>x</sub></var>,<var>r<sub>y</sub></var>,<var>s<sub>y</sub></var>[,<var>t<sub>x</sub></var>,<var>t<sub>y</sub></var>]</h3>
139 <p class="magick-description">Set the drawing transformation matrix for combined rotating and scaling.</p>
141 <p>This option sets a transformation matrix, for use by subsequent <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#transform">-transform</a> options. </p>
143 <p>The matrix entries are entered as comma-separated numeric values either in
144 quotes or without spaces. </p>
146 <p>Internally, the transformation matrix has 3x3 elements, but three of them
147 are omitted from the input because they are constant. The new (transformed)
148 coordinates (<var>x'</var>, <var>y'</var>) of a pixel at
149 position (<var>x</var>, <var>y</var>) in the original
150 image are calculated using the following matrix equation.</p>
152 <p class="text-center"><img class="img-thumbnail" alt="affine transformation" src="../images/affine.png"> </p>
154 <p> The size of the resulting image is that of the smallest rectangle that
155 contains the transformed source image. The parameters
156 <var>t<sub>x</sub></var> and <var>t<sub>y</sub></var>
157 subsequently shift the image pixels so that those that are moved out of the
158 image area are cut off.</p>
160 <p>The transformation matrix complies with the left-handed pixel coordinate
161 system: positive <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> directions
162 are rightward and downward, resp.; positive rotation is clockwise.</p>
164 <p> If the translation coefficients <var>t<sub>x</sub></var> and
165 <var>t<sub>y</sub></var> are omitted they default to 0,0. Therefore,
166 four parameters suffice for rotation and scaling without translation.</p>
168 <p>Scaling by the factors <var>s<sub>x</sub></var> and
169 <var>s<sub>y</sub></var> in the <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> directions,
170 respectively, is accomplished with the following.</p>
172 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#transform">-transform</a>, and the <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a> method '<code>Affineprojection</code> for more
177 -affine <var>s<sub>x</sub></var>,0,0,<var>s<sub>y</sub></var>
180 <p>Translation by a displacement (<var>t<sub>x</sub></var>, <var>t<sub>y</sub></var>) is accomplished like so:</p>
183 -affine 1,0,0,1,<var>t<sub>x</sub></var>,<var>t<sub>y</sub></var>
186 <p>Rotate clockwise about the origin (the upper left-hand corner) by an angle
187 <var>a</var> by letting <var>c</var> = cos(<var>a</var>), <var>s</var>
188 = sin(<var>a</var>), and using the following.</p>
191 -affine <var>c</var>,<var>s</var>,-<var>s</var>,<var>c</var>
194 <p>The cumulative effect of a sequence of <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a>
195 transformations can be accomplished by instead by a single <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a> operation using the matrix equal to the product of the matrices
196 of the individual transformations.</p>
198 <p>An attempt is made to detect near-singular transformation matrices. If the
199 matrix determinant has a sufficiently small absolute value it is rejected.</p>
201 <div style="margin: auto;">
202 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="alpha"></a>-alpha <var>type</var></h3>
205 <p class="magick-description">Gives control of the alpha/matte channel of an image.</p>
207 <p>Used to set a flag on an image indicating whether or not to use existing alpha
208 channel data, to create an alpha channel, or to perform other operations on the alpha channel. Choose the argument <var>type</var> from the list below.</p>
210 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
213 Enable the image's transparency channel. Note normally Set
214 should be used instead of this, unless you specifically need to
215 preserve existing (but specifically turned Off) transparency
220 associate the alpha channel with the image.</dd>
224 Disables the image's transparency channel. Does not delete or change the
225 existing data, just turns off the use of that data.</dd>
227 <dt>Disassociate</dt>
229 disassociate the alpha channel from the image.</dd>
233 Activates the alpha/matte channel. If it was previously turned off
234 then it also resets the channel to opaque. If the image already had
235 the alpha channel turned on, it will have no effect.</dd>
239 Enables the alpha/matte channel and forces it to be fully opaque.
244 Activates the alpha/matte channel and forces it to be fully
245 transparent. This effectively creates a fully transparent image the
246 same size as the original and with all its original RGB data still
247 intact, but fully transparent. </dd>
251 Copies the alpha channel values into all the color channels and turns
252 'Off' the the image's transparency, so as to generate
253 a gray-scale mask of the image's shape. The alpha channel data is left
254 intact just deactivated. This is the inverse of 'Copy'.
259 Turns 'On' the alpha/matte channel, then copies the
260 gray-scale intensity of the image, into the alpha channel, converting
261 a gray-scale mask into a transparent shaped mask ready to be colored
262 appropriately. The color channels are not modified. </dd>
266 As per 'Copy' but also colors the resulting shape mask with
267 the current background color. That is the RGB color channels is
268 replaced, with appropriate alpha shape.
273 Composite the image over the background color.
278 Set any fully-transparent pixel to the background color, while leaving
279 it fully-transparent. This can make some image file formats, such as
280 PNG, smaller as the RGB values of transparent pixels are more uniform,
281 and thus can compress better.
285 <p>Note that while the obsolete <code>+matte</code> operation was the
286 same as "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a> Off</code>", the <code>
287 >-matte</code> operation was the same as "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a>
288 Set</code>" and not "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a> On</code>". </p>
291 <div style="margin: auto;">
292 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="annotate"></a>
293 -annotate <var>degrees</var> <var>text</var><br>
294 -annotate <var>Xdegrees</var>x<var>Ydegrees</var> <var>text</var><br> -annotate <var>Xdegrees</var>x<var>Ydegrees</var> {+-}<var>t<sub>x</sub></var>{+-}<var>t<sub>y</sub></var> <var>text</var><br> -annotate {+-}<var>t<sub>x</sub></var>{+-}<var>t<sub>y</sub></var> <var>text</var></h3>
297 <p class="magick-description">Annotate an image with text</p>
299 <p>This is a convenience for annotating an image with text. For more precise
300 control over text annotations, use <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a>.</p>
303 <p>The values <var>Xdegrees</var> and <var>Ydegrees</var>
304 control the shears applied to the text, while <var>t<sub>x</sub></var> and <var>t<sub>y</sub></var> are offsets that give the location of the text relative any <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting and defaults to the upper left corner of the image.</p>
306 <p>Using <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">-annotate</a> <var>degrees</var>
307 or <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">-annotate</a> <var>degrees</var>x<var>degrees</var> produces an unsheared rotation of the text. The
308 direction of the rotation is positive, which means a clockwise rotation if <var>degrees</var> is positive. (This conforms to the usual mathematical
309 convention once it is realized that the positive <var>y</var>–direction is
310 conventionally considered to be <var>downward</var> for images.)</p>
312 <p>The new (transformed) coordinates (<var>x'</var>, <var>y'</var>) of a pixel at position (<var>x</var>, <var>y</var>) in the image are calculated using the following matrix
315 <p class="text-center"><img class="img-thumbnail" alt="annotate transformation" src="../images/annotate.png"></p>
317 <p>If <var>t<sub>x</sub></var> and <var>t<sub>y</sub></var> are omitted, they default to 0. This makes the
318 bottom-left of the text becomes the upper-left corner of the image, which is
319 probably undesirable. Adding a <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option in this
320 case leads to nice results.</p>
322 <p>Text is any UTF-8 encoded character sequence. If <var>text</var>
323 is of the form '@mytext.txt', the text is read from the file
324 <code>mytext.txt</code>. Text in a file is taken literally; no embedded
325 formatting characters are recognized.</p>
327 <div style="margin: auto;">
328 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="antialias"></a>-antialias</h3>
331 <p class="magick-description">Enable/Disable of the rendering of anti-aliasing pixels when drawing fonts and lines.</p>
333 <p>By default, objects (e.g. text, lines, polygons, etc.) are antialiased when
334 drawn. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#antialias">+antialias</a> to disable the addition of
335 antialiasing edge pixels. This will then reduce the number of colors added to
336 an image to just the colors being directly drawn. That is, no mixed colors
337 are added when drawing such objects. </p>
339 <div style="margin: auto;">
340 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="append"></a>-append</h3>
343 <p class="magick-description">Join current images vertically or horizontally.</p>
345 <p>This option creates a single longer image, by joining all the current
346 images in sequence top-to-bottom. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#append">+append</a> to
347 stack images left-to-right. </p>
349 <p>If they are not of the same width, narrower images are padded with the
350 current <a href="command-line-options.html#background">-background</a> color setting, and their
351 position relative to each other can be controlled by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting. </p>
354 <div style="margin: auto;">
355 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="attenuate"></a>-attenuate <var>value</var></h3>
358 <p class="magick-description">Lessen (or intensify) when adding noise to an image.</p>
360 <p>If unset the value is equivalent to 1.0, or a maximum noise addition</p>
362 <div style="margin: auto;">
363 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="authenticate"></a>-authenticate <var>password</var></h3>
366 <p class="magick-description">Decrypt a PDF with a password.</p>
368 <p>Use this option to supply a <var>password</var> for decrypting
369 a PDF that has been encrypted using Microsoft Crypto API (MSC API). The
370 encrypting using the MSC API is not supported.</p>
372 <p>For a different encryption method, see <a href="command-line-options.html#encipher">-encipher</a>
373 and <a href="command-line-options.html#decipher">-decipher</a>. </p>
376 <div style="margin: auto;">
377 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="auto-gamma"></a>-auto-gamma</h3>
380 <p class="magick-description">Automagically adjust gamma level of image.</p>
382 <p>This calculates the mean values of an image, then applies a calculated <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">-gamma</a> adjustment so that is the mean color exists in the
383 image it will get a have a value of 50%. </p>
385 <p>This means that any solid 'gray' image becomes 50% gray. </p>
387 <p>This works well for real-life images with little or no extreme dark and
388 light areas, but tend to fail for images with large amounts of bright sky or
389 dark shadows. It also does not work well for diagrams or cartoon like images.
392 <p>It uses the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting, (including the
393 '<var>sync</var>' flag for channel synchronization), to determine which color
394 values is used and modified. As the default <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting is '<var>RGB,sync</var>', channels are modified
395 together by the same gamma value, preserving colors. </p>
399 <div style="margin: auto;">
400 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="auto-level"></a>-auto-level</h3>
403 <p class="magick-description">Automagically adjust color levels of image.</p>
405 <p>This is a 'perfect' image normalization operator. It finds the exact
406 minimum and maximum color values in the image and then applies a <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> operator to stretch the values to the full range of
409 <p>The operator is not typically used for real-life images, image scans, or
410 JPEG format images, as a single 'out-rider' pixel can set a bad min/max values
411 for the <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> operation. On the other hand it is the
412 right operator to use for color stretching gradient images being used to
413 generate Color lookup tables, distortion maps, or other 'mathematically'
416 <p>The operator is very similar to the <a href="command-line-options.html#normalize">-normalize</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#linear-stretch">-linear-stretch</a> operators, but without 'histogram binning' or 'clipping'
417 problems that these operators may have. That is <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> is the perfect or ideal version these operators. </p>
419 <p>It uses the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting, (including the
420 special '<var>sync</var>' flag for channel synchronization), to determine
421 which color values are used and modified. As the default <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">+channel</a> setting is '<var>RGB,sync</var>', the
422 '<var>sync</var>' ensures that the color channels will are modified
423 together by the same gamma value, preserving colors, and ignoring
427 <div style="margin: auto;">
428 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="auto-orient"></a>-auto-orient</h3>
431 <p class="magick-description">adjusts an image so that its orientation is suitable for viewing (i.e. top-left orientation).</p>
433 <p>This operator reads and resets the EXIF image profile setting 'Orientation'
434 and then performs the appropriate 90 degree rotation on the image to orient
435 the image, for correct viewing. </p>
437 <p>This EXIF profile setting is usually set using a gravity sensor in digital
438 camera, however photos taken directly downward or upward may not have an
439 appropriate value. Also images that have been orientation 'corrected' without
440 reseting this setting, may be 'corrected' again resulting in a incorrect
441 result. If the EXIF profile was previously stripped, the <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-orient">-auto-orient</a> operator will do nothing. </p>
444 <div style="margin: auto;">
445 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="average"></a>-average</h3>
448 <p class="magick-description">Average a set of images.</p>
450 <p>An error results if the images are not identically sized.</p>
453 <div style="margin: auto;">
454 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="backdrop"></a>-backdrop</h3>
457 <p class="magick-description">Display the image centered on a backdrop.</p>
459 <p>This backdrop covers the entire workstation screen and is useful for hiding
460 other X window activity while viewing the image. The color of the backdrop is
461 specified as the background color. The color is specified using the format
462 described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
464 <div style="margin: auto;">
465 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="background"></a>-background <var>color</var></h3>
468 <p class="magick-description">Set the background color.</p>
470 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option. The default background color (if none is
471 specified or found in the image) is white.</p>
473 <div style="margin: auto;">
474 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="bench"></a>-bench <var>iterations</var></h3>
477 <p class="magick-description">Measure performance.</p>
479 <p>Repeat the entire command for the given number of <var>iterations</var> and report the user-time and elapsed time. For instance,
480 consider the following command and its output. Modify the benchmark with the
481 -duration to run the benchmark for a fixed number of seconds and -concurrent
482 to run the benchmark in parallel (requires the OpenMP feature).</p>
485 -> convert logo: -resize 1000% -bench 5 logo.png
486 Performance[4]: 5i 0.875657ips 6.880u 0:05.710
489 <p>In this example, 5 iterations were completed at 0.875657 iterations per
490 second, using 4 threads and 6.88 seconds of the user's allotted time, for
491 a total elapsed time of 5.71 seconds.</p>
493 <div style="margin: auto;">
494 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="bias"></a>-bias <var>value</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
497 <p class="magick-description">Add bias when convolving an image.</p>
499 <p>This option shifts the output of <a href="command-line-options.html#convolve">‑convolve</a> so that
500 positive and negative results are relative to the specified bias value. </p>
502 <p>This is important for non-HDRI compilations of ImageMagick when dealing
503 with convolutions that contain negative as well as positive values. This is
504 especially the case with convolutions involving high pass filters or edge
505 detection. Without an output bias, the negative values are clipped at
508 <p>When using an ImageMagick with the HDRI compile-time setting, <a href="command-line-options.html#bias">‑bias</a> is not needed, as ImageMagick is able to store/handle any
509 negative results without clipping to the color value range
510 (0..QuantumRange).</p>
512 <p>See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page <a href="high-dynamic-range.html">High Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more
513 about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages or this
514 <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a>
517 <div style="margin: auto;">
518 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="black-point-compensation"></a>-black-point-compensation</h3>
521 <p class="magick-description">Use black point compensation.</p>
523 <div style="margin: auto;">
524 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="black-threshold"></a>-black-threshold <var>value</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
527 <p class="magick-description">Force to black all pixels below the threshold while leaving all pixels at or above the threshold unchanged.</p>
529 <p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer
530 value within [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>] corresponding to the
531 desired <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">‑channel</a> value. See <a href="command-line-options.html#threshold">‑threshold</a>for more details on thresholds and resulting values. </p>
534 <div style="margin: auto;">
535 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="blend"></a>-blend <var>geometry</var></h3>
538 <p class="magick-description">blend an image into another by the given absolute value or percent.</p>
540 <p>Blend will average the images together ('plus') according to the
541 percentages given and each pixels transparency. If only a single percentage
542 value is given it sets the weight of the composite or 'source' image, while
543 the background image is weighted by the exact opposite amount. That is a
544 <code>-blend 30%</code> merges 30% of the 'source' image with 70% of the
545 'destination' image. Thus it is equivalent to <code>-blend 30x70%</code>.</p>
548 <div style="margin: auto;">
549 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="blue-primary"></a>-blue-primary <var>x</var>,<var>y</var></h3>
552 <p class="magick-description">Set the blue chromaticity primary point.</p>
554 <div style="margin: auto;">
555 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="blue-shift"></a>-blue-shift <var>factor</var></h3>
558 <p class="magick-description">simulate a scene at nighttime in the moonlight. Start with a factor of 1.5</p>
560 <div style="margin: auto;">
562 <div style="margin: auto;">
563 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="blur"></a>-blur <var>radius</var><br>-blur <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var></h3>
566 <p class="magick-description">Reduce image noise and reduce detail levels.</p>
568 <p>Convolve the image with a Gaussian or normal distribution using the given
569 <var>Sigma</var> value. The formula is:</p>
571 <p class="text-center"><img class="img-thumbnail" alt="gaussian distribution" width="243px" height="42px" src="../images/gaussian-blur.png"></p>
573 <p>The <var>Sigma</var> value is the important argument, and
574 determines the actual amount of blurring that will take place. </p>
576 <p>The <var>Radius</var> is only used to determine the size of the
577 array which will hold the calculated Gaussian distribution. It should be an
578 integer. If not given, or set to zero, IM will calculate the largest possible
579 radius that will provide meaningful results for the Gaussian distribution.
582 <p>The larger the <var>Radius</var> the slower the
583 operation is. However too small a <var>Radius</var>, and sever
584 aliasing effects may result. As a guideline, <var>Radius</var>
585 should be at least twice the <var>Sigma</var> value, though three
586 times will produce a more accurate result. </p>
588 <p>This option differs from <a href="command-line-options.html#gaussian-blur">-gaussian-blur</a> simply
589 by taking advantage of the separability properties of the distribution. Here
590 we apply a single-dimensional Gaussian matrix in the horizontal direction,
591 then repeat the process in the vertical direction.</p>
593 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
594 pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
598 <div style="margin: auto;">
599 <h3 class="magick-header">-blur <var>Width</var>[x<var>Height</var>[+<var>Angle</var>]]</h3>
602 <p class="magick-description">Variably blur an image according to the overlay mapping.</p>
604 <p>Each pixel in the overlaid region is replaced with an Elliptical Weighted
605 Average (EWA) of the source image, scaled according to the grayscale
608 <p>The ellipse is weighted with sigma set to the given <var>Width</var> and <var>Height</var>. The <var>Height</var>
609 defaults to the <var>Width</var> for a normal circular Gaussian
610 weighting. The <var>Angle</var> will rotate the ellipse from
611 horizontal clock-wise. </p>
613 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
614 pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
618 <div style="margin: auto;">
619 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="border"></a>-border <var>geometry</var></h3>
622 <p class="magick-description">Surround the image with a border of color. </p>
624 <p>Set the width and height using the <var>size</var> portion of the
625 <var>geometry</var> argument. See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets are
628 <p>As of IM 6.7.8-8, the <var>geometry</var> arguments behave as follows:</p>
630 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
631 <dt><var>value</var></dt>
632 <dd>value is added to both left/right and top/bottom</dd>
633 <dt><var>value-x</var><kbd>x</kbd></dt>
634 <dd>value-x is added only to left/right and top/bottom are unchanged</dd>
635 <dt><kbd>x</kbd><var>value-y</var></dt>
636 <dd>value-y is added only to top/bottom and left/right are unchanged</dd>
637 <dt><var>value-x</var><kbd>x</kbd><var>value-y</var></dt>
638 <dd>value-x is added to left/right and value-y added to top/bottom</dd>
639 <dt><var>value-x</var><kbd>x</kbd>0</dt>
640 <dd>value-x is added only to left/right and top/bottom are unchanged</dd>
641 <dt>0<kbd>x</kbd><var>value-y</var></dt>
642 <dd>value-y is added only to top/bottom and left/right are unchanged</dd>
643 <dt><var>value</var>%</dt>
644 <dd>value % of width is added to left/right and value % of height is added to top/bottom</dd>
645 <dt><var>value-x</var><kbd>x</kbd>%</dt>
646 <dd>value-x % of width is added to left/right and to top/bottom</dd>
647 <dt>x<var>value-y</var>%</dt>
648 <dd>value-y % of height is added to top/bottom and to left/right</dd>
649 <dt><var>value-x</var>%<kbd>x</kbd><var>value-y</var>%</dt>
650 <dd>value-x % of width is added to left/right and value-y % of height is added to top/bottom</dd>
651 <dt><var>value-x</var>%<kbd>x</kbd>0%</dt>
652 <dd>value-x % of width is added to left/right and top/bottom are unchanged</dd>
653 <dt>0%<kbd>x</kbd><var>value-y</var>%</dt>
654 <dd>value-y % of height is added to top/bottom and left/right are unchanged</dd>
657 <p>Set the border color by preceding with the <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> setting.</p>
659 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#border">-border</a> operation is affected by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> setting and assumes that this is using the default
660 '<code>Over</code>' composition method. It generates an image of the appropriate
661 size colors by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> before
662 overlaying the original image in the center of this net image. This means that
663 with the default compose method of '<code>Over</code>' any transparent parts may
664 be replaced by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> setting.</p>
665 <p>See also the <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">-frame</a> option, which has more
668 <div style="margin: auto;">
669 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="bordercolor"></a>-bordercolor <var>color</var></h3>
672 <p class="magick-description">Set the border color.</p>
674 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
676 <p>The default border color is <code>#DFDFDF</code>, <span style="background-color: #dfdfdf;">this shade of gray</span>.</p>
678 <div style="margin: auto;">
679 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="borderwidth"></a>-borderwidth <var>geometry</var> </h3>
682 <p class="magick-description">Set the border width.</p>
684 <div style="margin: auto;">
685 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="brightness-contrast"></a>-brightness-contrast <var>brightness</var><br>-brightness-contrast <var>brightness</var>{x<var>contrast</var>}{<var>%</var>}}</h3>
688 <p class="magick-description">Adjust the brightness and/or contrast of the image.</p>
690 <p>Brightness and Contrast values apply changes to the input image. They are
691 not absolute settings. A brightness or contrast value of zero means no change.
692 The range of values is -100 to +100 on each. Positive values increase the
693 brightness or contrast and negative values decrease the brightness or contrast.
694 To control only contrast, set the brightness=0. To control only brightness,
695 set contrast=0 or just leave it off.</p>
697 <p>You may also use <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-channel</a> to control which channels to
698 apply the brightness and/or contrast change. The default is to apply the same
699 transformation to all channels.</p>
701 <p>Brightness and Contrast arguments are converted to offset and slope of a
702 linear transform and applied
703 using <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-function polynomial "slope,offset"</a>.</p>
705 <p>The slope varies from 0 at contrast=-100 to almost vertical at
706 contrast=+100. For brightness=0 and contrast=-100, the result are totally
707 midgray. For brightness=0 and contrast=+100, the result will approach but
708 not quite reach a threshold at midgray; that is the linear transformation
709 is a very steep vertical line at mid gray.</p>
711 <p>Negative slopes, i.e. negating the image, are not possible with this
712 function. All achievable slopes are zero or positive.</p>
714 <p>The offset varies from -0.5 at brightness=-100 to 0 at brightness=0 to +0.5
715 at brightness=+100. Thus, when contrast=0 and brightness=100, the result is
716 totally white. Similarly, when contrast=0 and brightness=-100, the result is
719 <p>As the range of values for the arguments are -100 to +100, adding the '%'
720 symbol is no different than leaving it off.</p>
722 <div style="margin: auto;">
723 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="cache"></a>-cache <var>threshold</var></h3>
726 <p class="magick-description">(This option has been replaced by the <a href="command-line-options.html#limit">-limit</a> option).</p>
728 <div style="margin: auto;">
729 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="canny"></a>-canny <var>radius</var><br>-canny <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var>{<var>+lower-percent</var>}{<var>+upper-percent</var>}</h3>
732 <p class="magick-description">Canny edge detector uses a multi-stage algorithm to detect a wide range of edges in the image.</p>
734 <p>The thresholds range from 0 to 100% (e.g. -canny 0x1+10%+30%) with {<var>+lower-percent</var>} < {<var>+upper-percent</var>}. If {<var>+upper-percent</var>} is increased but {<var>+lower-percent</var>} remains the same, lesser edge components will be detected, but their lengths will be the same. If {<var>+lower-percent</var>} is increased but {<var>+upper-percent</var>} is the same, the same number of edge components will be detected but their lengths will be shorter. The default thresholds are shown. The <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var> controls a gaussian blur applied to the input image to reduce noise and smooth the edges.</p>
736 <div style="margin: auto;">
737 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="caption"></a>-caption <var>string</var></h3>
740 <p class="magick-description">Assign a caption to an image.</p>
742 <p>This option sets the caption meta-data of an image read in after this
743 option has been given. To modify a caption of images already in memory use
744 "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> caption</code>". </p>
746 <p>The caption can contain special format characters listed in the <a href="escape.html">Format and
747 Print Image Properties</a>. These attributes are expanded when the caption
748 is finally assigned to the individual images. </p>
750 <p>If the first character of <var>string</var> is <var>@</var>, the image caption is read from a file titled by the
751 remaining characters in the string. Comments read in from a file are literal;
752 no embedded formatting characters are recognized.</p>
754 <p>Caption meta-data is not visible on the image itself. To do that use the
755 <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">-annotate</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> options
761 -caption "%m:%f %wx%h" bird.miff
764 <p>produces an image caption of <code>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</code> (assuming
765 that the image <code>bird.miff</code> has a width of 512 and a height of
769 <div style="margin: auto;">
770 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="cdl"></a>-cdl <var>filename</var></h3>
773 <p class="magick-description">color correct with a color decision list.</p>
775 <p>Here is an example color correction collection:</p>
778 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
779 <ColorCorrectionCollection xmlns="urn:ASC:CDL:v1.2">
780 <ColorCorrection id="cc06668">
782 <Slope> 0.9 1.2 0.5 </Slope>
783 <Offset> 0.4 -0.5 0.6 </Offset>
784 <Power> 1.0 0.8 1.5 </Power>
787 <Saturation> 0.85 </Saturation>
789 </ColorCorrection>
790 </ColorCorrectionCollection>
793 <div style="margin: auto;">
794 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="channel"></a>-channel <var>type</var></h3>
797 <p class="magick-description">Specify those image color channels to which subsequent operators are limited.</p>
799 <p>Choose from: <code>Red</code>, <code>Green</code>, <code>Blue</code>,
800 <code>Alpha</code>, <code>Gray</code>, <code>Cyan</code>, <code>Magenta</code>,
801 <code>Yellow</code>, <code>Black</code>, <code>Opacity</code>,
802 <code>Index</code>, <code>RGB</code>, <code>RGBA</code>, <code>CMYK</code>, or
803 <code>CMYKA</code>.</p>
805 <p>The channels above can also be specified as a comma-separated list or can be
806 abbreviated as a concatenation of the letters '<code>R</code>', '<code>G</code>',
807 '<code>B</code>', '<code>A</code>', '<code>O</code>', '<code>C</code>',
808 '<code>M</code>', '<code>Y</code>', '<code>K</code>'.
810 For example, to only select the <code>Red</code> and <code>Blue</code> channels
811 you can either use </p>
815 <p>or you can use the short hand form</p>
820 <p>All the channels that are present in an image can be specified using the
821 special channel type <code>All</code>. Not all operators are 'channel capable',
822 but generally any operators that are generally 'grey-scale' image operators,
823 will understand this setting. See individual operator documentation. </p>
827 <p>On top of the normal channel selection an extra flag can be specified,
828 '<code>Sync</code>'. This is turned on by default and if set means that
829 operators that understand this flag should perform: cross-channel
830 synchronization of the channels. If not specified, then most grey-scale
831 operators will apply their image processing operations to each individual
832 channel (as specified by the rest of the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
833 setting) completely independently from each other. </p>
835 <p>For example for operators such as <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> and
836 <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-gamma">-auto-gamma</a> the color channels are modified
837 together in exactly the same way so that colors will remain in-sync. Without
838 it being set, then each channel is modified separately and
839 independently, which may produce color distortion. </p>
841 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a> '<code>Convolve</code>' method
842 and the <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> mathematical methods, also understands
843 the '<code>Sync</code>' flag to modify the behaviour of pixel colors according
844 to the alpha channel (if present). That is to say it will modify the image
845 processing with the understanding that fully-transparent colors should not
846 contribute to the final result. </p>
848 <p>Basically, by default, operators work with color channels in synchronous, and
849 treats transparency as special, unless the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
850 setting is modified so as to remove the effect of the '<code>Sync</code>' flag.
851 How each operator does this depends on that operators current implementation.
852 Not all operators understands this flag at this time, but that is changing.
855 <p>To print a complete list of channel types, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
858 <p>By default, ImageMagick sets <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> to the value
859 '<code>RGBK,sync</code>', which specifies that operators act on all color
860 channels except the transparency channel, and that all the color channels are
861 to be modified in exactly the same way, with an understanding of transparency
862 (depending on the operation being applied). The 'plus' form <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">+channel</a> will reset the value back to this default. </p>
864 <p>Options that are affected by the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting
865 include the following.
867 <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-gamma">-auto-gamma</a>,
868 <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a>,
869 <a href="command-line-options.html#black-threshold">-black-threshold</a>,
870 <a href="command-line-options.html#blur">-blur</a>,
871 <a href="command-line-options.html#clamp">-clamp</a>,
872 <a href="command-line-options.html#clut">-clut</a>,
873 <a href="command-line-options.html#combine">-combine</a>,
874 <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">-composite</a> (Mathematical compose methods only),
875 <a href="command-line-options.html#convolve">-convolve</a>,
876 <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a>,
877 <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a>,
878 <a href="command-line-options.html#function">-function</a>,
879 <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">-fx</a>,
880 <a href="command-line-options.html#gaussian-blur">-gaussian-blur</a>,
881 <a href="command-line-options.html#hald-clut">-hald-clut</a>,
882 <a href="command-line-options.html#motion-blur">-motion-blur</a>,
883 <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a>,
884 <a href="command-line-options.html#negate">-negate</a>,
885 <a href="command-line-options.html#normalize">-normalize</a>,
886 <a href="command-line-options.html#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a>,
887 <a href="command-line-options.html#radial-blur">-radial-blur</a>,
888 <a href="command-line-options.html#random-threshold">-random-threshold</a>,
889 <a href="command-line-options.html#separate">-separate</a>,
890 <a href="command-line-options.html#threshold">-threshold</a>, and
891 <a href="command-line-options.html#white-threshold">-white-threshold</a>.
894 <p>Warning, some operators behave differently when the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">+channel</a> default setting is in effect, verses ANY user defined <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting (including the equivalent of the
895 default). These operators have yet to be made to understand the newer 'Sync'
898 <p>For example <a href="command-line-options.html#threshold">-threshold</a> will by default gray-scale
899 the image before thresholding, if no <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting
900 has been defined. This is not 'Sync flag controlled, yet. </p>
902 <p>Also some operators such as <a href="command-line-options.html#blur">-blur</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#gaussian-blur">-gaussian-blur</a>, will modify their handling of the
903 color channels if the '<code>alpha</code>' channel is also enabled by <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>. Generally this done to ensure that
904 fully-transparent colors are treated as being fully-transparent, and thus any
905 underlying 'hidden' color has no effect on the final results. Typically
906 resulting in 'halo' effects. The newer <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a>
907 convolution equivalents however does have a understanding of the 'Sync' flag
908 and will thus handle transparency correctly by default. </p>
910 <p>As a alpha channel is optional within images, some operators will read the
911 color channels of an image as a greyscale alpha mask, when the image has no
912 alpha channel present, and the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting tells
913 the operator to apply the operation using alpha channels. The <a href="command-line-options.html#clut">-clut</a> operator is a good example of this. </p>
917 <div style="margin: auto;">
918 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="charcoal"></a>-charcoal <var>factor</var></h3>
921 <p class="magick-description">Simulate a charcoal drawing.</p>
923 <div style="margin: auto;">
924 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="chop"></a>-chop <var>geometry</var></h3>
927 <p class="magick-description">Remove pixels from the interior of an image.</p>
929 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <var>width</var>
930 and <var>height</var> given in the of the <var>size</var>
931 portion of the <var>geometry</var> argument give the number of
932 columns and rows to remove. The <var>offset</var> portion of
933 the <var>geometry</var> argument is influenced by
934 a <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting, if present.</p>
936 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#chop">-chop</a> option removes entire rows and columns,
937 and moves the remaining corner blocks leftward and upward to close the gaps.</p>
939 <p>While it can remove internal rows and columns of pixels, it is more
940 typically used with as <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting and zero
941 offsets so as to remove a single edge from an image. Compare this to <a href="command-line-options.html#shave">-shave</a> which removes equal numbers of pixels from oppisite
942 sides of the image. </p>
944 <p>Using <a href="command-line-options.html#chop">-chop</a> effectively undoes the results of a <a href="command-line-options.html#splice">-splice</a> that was given the same <var>geometry</var> and <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> settings. </p>
946 <div style="margin: auto;">
947 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clamp"></a>-clamp</h3>
950 <p class="magick-description">set each pixel whose value is below zero to zero and any the pixel whose value is above the quantum range to the quantum range (e.g. 65535) otherwise the pixel value remains unchanged.</p>
952 <div style="margin: auto;">
953 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clip"></a>-clip</h3>
956 <p class="magick-description">Apply the clipping path if one is present.</p>
958 <p>If a clipping path is present, it is applied to subsequent operations.</p>
960 <p>For example, in the command</p>
963 convert cockatoo.tif -clip -negate negated.tif
966 <p>only the pixels within the clipping path are negated.</p>
968 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#clip">-clip</a> feature requires SVG support. If the SVG
969 delegate library is not present, the option is ignored.</p>
971 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#clip">+clip</a> to disable clipping for subsequent operations.</p>
973 <div style="margin: auto;">
974 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clip-mask"></a>-clip-mask</h3>
977 <p class="magick-description">Clip the image as defined by this mask.</p>
979 <p>Use the alpha channel of the current image as a mask. Any areas that is
980 white is not modified by any of the 'image processing operators' that follow,
981 until the mask is removed. Pixels in the black areas of the clip mask are
982 modified per the requirements of the operator. </p>
984 <p>In some ways this is similar to (though not the same) as defining
985 a rectangular <a href="command-line-options.html#region">-region</a>, or using the negative of the
986 mask (third) image in a three image <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">-composite</a>,
989 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#clip-mask">+clip-mask</a> to disable clipping for subsequent operations.</p>
991 <div style="margin: auto;">
992 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clip-path"></a>-clip-path <var>id</var></h3>
995 <p class="magick-description">Clip along a named path from the 8BIM profile.</p>
997 <p>This is identical to <a href="command-line-options.html#clip">-clip</a> except choose a specific clip path in the event the image has more than one path available. </p>
999 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#clip-path">+clip-path</a> to disable clipping for subsequent operations.</p>
1001 <div style="margin: auto;">
1002 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clone"></a>-clone <var>index(s)</var></h3>
1005 <p class="magick-description">make a clone of an image (or images).</p>
1007 <p>Inside parenthesis (where the operator is normally used) it will make a
1008 clone of the images from the last 'pushed' image sequence, and adds them to
1009 the end of the current image sequence. Outside parenthesis
1010 (not recommended) it clones the images from the current image sequence. </p>
1012 <p>Specify the image by its index in the sequence. The first image is index
1013 0. Negative indexes are relative to the end of the sequence; for
1014 example, <code>−1</code>
1015 represents the last image of the sequence. Specify a range of images with a
1016 dash (e.g. <code>0−4</code>). Separate multiple indexes with commas but no
1017 spaces (e.g. <code>0,2,5</code>). A value of '<code>0−−1</code> will
1018 effectively clone all the images. </p>
1020 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#clone">+clone</a> will simply make a copy of the last image
1021 in the image sequence, and is thus equivalent to using a argument of
1022 '<code>−1</code>'. </p>
1024 <div style="margin: auto;">
1025 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="clut"></a>-clut</h3>
1028 <p class="magick-description">Replace the channel values in the first image using each corresponding channel in the second image as a <b>c</b>olor <b>l</b>ook<b>u</b>p <b>t</b>able.</p>
1030 <p>The second (LUT) image is ordinarily a gradient image containing the
1031 histogram mapping of how each channel should be modified. Typically it is a
1032 either a single row or column image of replacement color values. If larger
1033 than a single row or column, values are taken from a diagonal line from
1034 top-left to bottom-right corners.</p>
1036 <p>The lookup is further controlled by the <a href="command-line-options.html#interpolate">-interpolate</a> setting, which is especially handy for an
1037 LUT which is not the full length needed by the ImageMagick installed Quality
1038 (Q) level. Good settings for this are the '<code>bilinear</code>' and
1039 '<code>bicubic</code>' interpolation settings, which give smooth color
1040 gradients, and the '<code>integer</code>' setting for a direct, unsmoothed
1041 lookup of color values. </p>
1043 <p>This operator is especially suited to replacing a grayscale image with a
1044 specific color gradient from the CLUT image. </p>
1046 <p>Only the channel values defined by the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
1047 setting will have their values replaced. In particular, since the default <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting is <code>RGB</code>, this means that
1048 transparency (alpha/matte channel) is not affected, unless the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting is modified. When the alpha channel is
1049 set, it is treated by the <a href="command-line-options.html#clut">-clut</a> operator in the same way
1050 as the other channels, implying that alpha/matte values are replaced using the
1051 alpha/matte values of the original image. </p>
1053 <p>If either the image being modified, or the lookup image, contains no
1054 transparency (i.e. <a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a> is turned 'off') but the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting includes alpha replacement, then it is
1055 assumed that image represents a gray-scale gradient which is used for the
1056 replacement alpha values. That is you can use a gray-scale CLUT image to
1057 adjust a existing images alpha channel, or you can color a gray-scale image
1058 using colors form CLUT containing the desired colors, including transparency.
1061 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#hald-clut">-hald-clut</a> which replaces colors
1062 according to the lookup of the full color RGB value from a 2D representation
1063 of a 3D color cube. </p>
1066 <div style="margin: auto;">
1067 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="coalesce"></a>-coalesce</h3>
1070 <p class="magick-description">Fully define the look of each frame of an GIF animation sequence, to form a 'film strip' animation.</p>
1072 <p>Overlay each image in an image sequence according to
1073 its <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">-dispose</a> meta-data, to reproduce the look of
1074 an animation at each point in the animation sequence. All images should be
1075 the same size, and are assigned appropriate GIF disposal settings for the
1076 animation to continue working as expected as a GIF animation. Such frames
1077 are more easily viewed and processed than the highly optimized GIF overlay
1080 <p>The animation can be re-optimized after processing using
1081 the <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a> method '<code>optimize</code>', although
1082 there is no guarantee that the restored GIF animation optimization is
1083 better than the original. </p>
1086 <div style="margin: auto;">
1087 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="colorize"></a>-colorize <var>value</var></h3>
1090 <p class="magick-description">Colorize the image by an amount specified by <var>value</var> using the color specified by the most recent <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> setting.</p>
1092 <p>Specify the amount of colorization as a percentage. Separate colorization
1093 values can be applied to the red, green, and blue channels of the image with
1094 a comma-delimited list of colorization
1095 values (e.g., <code>-colorize 0,0,50</code>).</p>
1097 <div style="margin: auto;">
1098 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="colormap"></a>-colormap <var>type</var></h3>
1101 <p class="magick-description">Define the colormap type.</p>
1103 <p>The <var>type</var> can be <code>shared</code> or <code>private</code>.</p>
1105 <p>This option only applies when the default X server visual
1106 is <code>PseudoColor</code> or <code>GrayScale</code>. Refer
1107 to <a href="command-line-options.html#visual">-visual</a> for more details. By default,
1108 a shared colormap is allocated. The image shares colors with
1109 other X clients. Some image colors could be approximated,
1110 therefore your image may look very different than intended.
1111 If <code>private</code> is chosen, the image colors appear exactly
1112 as they are defined. However, other clients may go <var>technicolor</var>
1113 when the image colormap is installed.</p>
1115 <div style="margin: auto;">
1116 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="colors"></a>-colors <var>value</var></h3>
1119 <p class="magick-description">Set the preferred number of colors in the image.</p>
1121 <p>The actual number of colors in the image may be less than your request,
1122 but never more. Note that this a color reduction option. Images with fewer
1123 unique colors than specified by <var>value</var> will have any
1124 duplicate or unused colors removed. The ordering of an existing color
1125 palette may be altered. When converting an image from color to grayscale,
1126 it is more efficient to convert the image to the gray colorspace before
1127 reducing the number of colors. Refer to
1128 the <a href="quantize.html">
1129 color reduction algorithm</a> for more details.</p>
1131 <div style="margin: auto;">
1132 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="color-matrix"></a>-color-matrix <var>matrix</var></h3>
1135 <p class="magick-description">apply color correction to the image.</p>
1137 <p>This option permits saturation changes, hue rotation, luminance to alpha,
1138 and various other effects. Although variable-sized transformation matrices
1139 can be used, typically one uses a 5x5 matrix for an RGBA image and a 6x6
1140 for CMYKA (or RGBA with offsets). The matrix is similar to those used by
1141 Adobe Flash except offsets are in column 6 rather than 5 (in support of
1142 CMYKA images) and offsets are normalized (divide Flash offset by 255).</p>
1144 <p>As an example, to add contrast to an image with offsets, try this command:</p>
1147 convert kittens.jpg -color-matrix \
1148 " 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0, 0.0, -0.157 \
1149 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.0, 0.0, -0.157 \
1150 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.0, 0.0, -0.157 \
1151 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0, 0.0, 0.0 \
1152 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, 1.0, 0.0 \
1153 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0, 0.0, 1.0" kittens.png
1155 <div style="margin: auto;">
1156 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="colorspace"></a>-colorspace <var>value</var></h3>
1159 <p class="magick-description">Set the image colorspace.</p>
1168 OHTA Rec601YCbCr Rec709YCbCr RGB
1169 scRGB sRGB Transparent xyY
1174 <p>To print a complete list of colorspaces, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list colorspace</a>.</p>
1176 <p>For a more accurate color conversion to or from the linear RGB, CMYK, or grayscale colorspaces, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-profile</a> option. Note, ImageMagick assumes the sRGB colorspace if the image format does not indicate otherwise. For colorspace conversion, the gamma function is first removed to produce linear RGB.</p>
1178 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
1179 <caption>Conversion of RGB to Other Color Spaces</caption>
1180 <tr><th valign="middle">CMY</th></tr>
1181 <tr><td valign="middle">C=<var>QuantumRange</var>−R</td></tr>
1182 <tr><td valign="middle">M=<var>QuantumRange</var>−G</td></tr>
1183 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=<var>QuantumRange</var>−B</td></tr>
1184 <tr><th valign="middle">CMYK — starts with CMY from above</th></tr>
1185 <tr><td valign="middle">K=min(C,Y,M)</td></tr>
1186 <tr><td valign="middle">C=<var>QuantumRange</var>*(C−K)/(<var>QuantumRange</var>−K)</td></tr>
1187 <tr><td valign="middle">M=<var>QuantumRange</var>*(M−K)/(<var>QuantumRange</var>−K)</td></tr>
1188 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=<var>QuantumRange</var>*(Y−K)/(<var>QuantumRange</var>−K)</td></tr>
1190 <tr><th valign="middle">Gray</th></tr>
1191 <tr><td valign="middle">Gray = 0.298839*R+0.586811*G+0.114350*B</td></tr>
1193 <tr><th valign="middle">HSB — Hue, Saturation, Brightness; like a cone peak downward</th></tr>
1194 <tr><td valign="middle">H=angle around perimeter (0 to 360 deg); H=0 is red; increasing angles toward green</td></tr>
1195 <tr><td valign="middle">S=distance from axis outward</td></tr>
1196 <tr><td valign="middle">B=distance along axis from bottom upward; B=max(R,G,B); <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1198 <tr><th valign="middle">HSL — Hue, Saturation, Lightness; like a double cone end-to-end with peaks at very top and bottom</th></tr>
1199 <tr><td valign="middle">H=angle around perimeter (0 to 360 deg); H=0 is red; increasing angles toward green</td></tr>
1200 <tr><td valign="middle">S=distance from axis outward</td></tr>
1201 <tr><td valign="middle">L=distance along axis from bottom upward; L=0.5*max(R,G,B) + 0.5*min(R,G,B); <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1203 <tr><th valign="middle">HWB — Hue, Whiteness, Blackness</th></tr>
1204 <tr><td valign="middle">Hue (complicated equation)</td></tr>
1205 <tr><td valign="middle">Whiteness (complicated equation)</td></tr>
1206 <tr><td valign="middle">Blackness (complicated equation)</td></tr>
1208 <tr><th valign="middle">LAB</th></tr>
1209 <tr><td valign="middle">L (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
1210 <tr><td valign="middle">A (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
1211 <tr><td valign="middle">B (complicated equation relating X,Y,Z)</td></tr>
1213 <tr><th valign="middle">LOG</th></tr>
1214 <tr><td valign="middle">I1 (complicated equation involving logarithm of R)</td></tr>
1215 <tr><td valign="middle">I2 (complicated equation involving logarithm of G)</td></tr>
1216 <tr><td valign="middle">I3 (complicated equation involving logarithm of B)</td></tr>
1218 <tr><th valign="middle">OHTA — approximates principal components transformation</th></tr>
1219 <tr><td valign="middle">I1=0.33333*R+0.33334*G+0.33333*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1220 <tr><td valign="middle">I2=(0.50000*R+0.00000*G−0.50000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1221 <tr><td valign="middle">I3=(−0.25000*R+0.50000*G−0.25000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1223 <tr><th valign="middle">Rec601Luma</th></tr>
1224 <tr><td valign="middle">Gray = 0.298839*R+0.586811*G+0.114350*B</td></tr>
1226 <tr><th valign="middle">Rec601YCbCr</th></tr>
1227 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.2988390*R+0.5868110*G+0.1143500*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1228 <tr><td valign="middle">Cb=(−0.168736*R-0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1229 <tr><td valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R−0.418688*G−0.081312*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1231 <tr><th valign="middle">Rec709Luma</th></tr>
1232 <tr><td valign="middle">Gray=0.212656*R+0.715158*G+0.072186*B</td></tr>
1234 <tr><th valign="middle">Rec709YCbCr</th></tr>
1235 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.212656*R+0.715158*G+0.072186*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1236 <tr><td valign="middle">Cb=(−0.114572*R−0.385428*G+0.500000*B)+(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1237 <tr><td valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R−0.454153*G−0.045847*B)+(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1239 <tr><th valign="middle">sRGB</th></tr>
1240 <tr><td valign="middle">if R ≤ .0.0031308 then Rs=R/12.92 else Rs=1.055 R ^ (1.0 / 2.4) ? 0.055</td></tr>
1241 <tr><td valign="middle">if G ≤ .0.0031308 then Gs=B/12.92 else Gs=1.055 R ^ (1.0 / 2.4) ? 0.055</td></tr>
1242 <tr><td valign="middle">if B ≤ .0.0031308 then Bs=B/12.92 else Bs=1.055 R ^ (1.0 / 2.4) ? 0.055</td></tr>
1244 <tr><th valign="middle">XYZ</th></tr>
1245 <tr><td valign="middle">X=0.4124564*R+0.3575761*G+0.1804375*B</td></tr>
1246 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.2126729*R+0.7151522*G+0.0721750*B</td></tr>
1247 <tr><td valign="middle">Z=0.0193339*R+0.1191920*G+0.9503041*B</td></tr>
1249 <tr><th valign="middle">YCC</th></tr>
1250 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=(0.298839*R+0.586811*G+0.114350*B) (with complicated scaling); <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1251 <tr><td valign="middle">C1=(−0.298839*R−0.586811*G+0.88600*B) (with complicated scaling)</td></tr>
1252 <tr><td valign="middle">C2=(0.70100*R−0.586811*G−0.114350*B) (with complicated scaling)</td></tr>
1254 <tr><th valign="middle">YCbCr</th></tr>
1255 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.2988390*R+0.5868110*G+0.1143500*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1256 <tr><td valign="middle">Cb=(−0.168736*R−0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1257 <tr><td valign="middle">Cr=(0.500000*R−0.418688*G−0.081312*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1259 <tr><th valign="middle">YIQ</th></tr>
1260 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.298839*R+0.586811*G+0.114350*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1261 <tr><td valign="middle">I=(0.59600*R−0.27400*G−0.32200*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1262 <tr><td valign="middle">Q=(0.21100*R−0.52300*G+0.31200*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1264 <tr><th valign="middle">YPbPr</th></tr>
1265 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.2988390*R+0.5868110*G+0.1143500*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1266 <tr><td valign="middle">Pb=(−0.168736*R−0.331264*G+0.500000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1267 <tr><td valign="middle">Pr=(0.500000*R−0.418688*G−0.081312*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1269 <tr><th valign="middle">YUV</th></tr>
1270 <tr><td valign="middle">Y=0.298839*R+0.586811*G+0.114350*B; <var>intensity-like</var></td></tr>
1271 <tr><td valign="middle">U=(−0.14740*R−0.28950*G+0.43690*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1272 <tr><td valign="middle">V=(0.61500*R−0.51500*G−0.10000*B)*(<var>QuantumRange</var>+1)/2</td></tr>
1275 <p>Note the scRGB colorspace requires HDRI support otherwise it behaves just like linear RGB.</p>
1277 <div style="margin: auto;">
1278 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="combine"></a>-combine</h3>
1281 <p class="magick-description">Combine one or more images into a single image.</p>
1283 <p>The channels (previously set by <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>) of the
1284 combined image are taken from the grayscale values of each image in the
1285 sequence, in order. For the default -channel setting of <code>RGB</code>, this
1286 means the first image is assigned to the <code>Red</code> channel, the second
1287 to the <code>Green</code> channel, the third to the <code>Blue</code>.</p>
1289 <p>This option can be thought of as the inverse to <a href="command-line-options.html#separate">-separate</a>, so long as the channel settings are the same.
1290 Thus, in the following example, the final image should be a copy of the
1294 convert original.png -channel RGB -separate sepimage.png
1295 convert sepimage-0.png sepimage-1.png sepimage-2.png -channel RGB \
1296 -combine imagecopy.png
1299 <div style="margin: auto;">
1300 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="comment"></a>-comment <var>string</var></h3>
1303 <p class="magick-description">Embed a comment in an image.</p>
1305 <p>This option sets the comment meta-data of an image read in after this
1306 option has been given. To modify a comment of images already in memory use
1307 "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> comment</code>". </p>
1309 <p>The comment can contain special format characters listed in the <a href="escape.html">Format and
1310 Print Image Properties</a>. These attributes are expanded when the comment
1311 is finally assigned to the individual images. </p>
1313 <p>If the first character of <var>string</var> is <var>@</var>, the image comment is read from a file titled by the
1314 remaining characters in the string. Comments read in from a file are literal;
1315 no embedded formatting characters are recognized.</p>
1317 <p>Comment meta-data are not visible on the image itself. To do that use the
1318 <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">-annotate</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> options
1324 -comment "%m:%f %wx%h" bird.miff
1327 <p>produces an image comment of <code>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</code> (assuming
1328 that the image <code>bird.miff</code> has a width of 512 and a height of
1331 <div style="margin: auto;">
1332 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="compare"></a>-compare</h3>
1335 <p class="magick-description">mathematically and visually annotate the difference between an image and its reconstruction</p>
1337 <p>This is a convert version of "<code>compare</code>" for two same sized images. The syntax is as follows, but other metrics are allowed.</p>
1340 convert image.png reference.png -metric RMSE -compare \ <br> difference.png
1343 <p>To get the metric value use the string format "%[distortion]".</p>
1346 convert image.png reference.png -metric RMSE -compare -format \
1347 "%[distortion]" info:
1350 <div style="margin: auto;">
1351 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="complex"></a>-complex <var>operator</var></h3>
1354 <p class="magick-description">perform complex mathematics on an image sequence</p>
1356 Choose from these operators:
1368 <p>Optionally specify the <code>divide</code> operator SNR with <code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> complex:snr=float</code>.</p>
1370 <div style="margin: auto;">
1371 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="compose"></a>-compose <var>operator</var></h3>
1374 <p class="magick-description">Set the type of image composition.</p>
1376 <p>See <a href="compose.html">Alpha Compositing</a> for
1377 a detailed discussion of alpha compositing.</p>
1379 <p>This setting effects image processing operators that merge two (or more)
1380 images together in some way. This includes the operators,
1381 <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">-compare</a>,
1382 <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">-composite</a>,
1383 <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a> composite,
1384 <a href="command-line-options.html#flatten">-flatten</a>,
1385 <a href="command-line-options.html#mosaic">-mosaic</a>,
1386 <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a> merge,
1387 <a href="command-line-options.html#border">-border</a>,
1388 <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">-frame</a>,
1389 and <a href="command-line-options.html#extent">-extent</a>. </p>
1391 <p>It is also one of the primary options for the "<code>composite</code>"
1395 <div style="margin: auto;">
1396 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="composite"></a>-composite</h3>
1399 <p class="magick-description">Perform alpha composition on two images and an optional mask</p>
1401 <p>Take the first image 'destination' and overlay the second 'source' image
1402 according to the current <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> setting. The location
1403 of the 'source' or 'overlay' image is controlled according to <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a>
1406 <p>If a third image is given this is treated as a gray-scale blending 'mask' image
1407 relative to the first 'destination' image. This mask is blended with the
1408 source image. However for the '<code>displace</code>' compose method, the
1409 mask is used to provide a separate Y-displacement image instead. </p>
1411 <p>If a <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> method requires extra numerical
1412 arguments or flags these can be provided by setting the <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> '<code>option:compose:args</code>'
1413 appropriately for the compose method. </p>
1415 <p>Some <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> methods can modify the 'destination'
1416 image outside the overlay area. You can disable this by setting the special <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> '<code>option:compose:outside-overlay</code>'
1417 to '<code>false</code>'. </p>
1419 <p>The SVG compositing specification requires that color and opacity values range between zero and QuantumRange inclusive. You can permit values outside this range with this option: <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> '<code>option:compose:clamp=false</code></p>
1422 <div style="margin: auto;">
1423 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="compress"></a>-compress <var>type</var></h3>
1426 <p class="magick-description">Use pixel compression specified by <var>type</var> when writing the image.</p>
1428 <p>Choices are: <code>None</code>, <code>BZip</code>, <code>Fax</code>, <code>Group4</code>, <code>JPEG</code>, <code>JPEG2000</code>, <code>Lossless</code>, <code>LZW</code>, <code>RLE</code> or <code>Zip</code>.</p>
1430 <p>To print a complete list of compression types, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
1433 <p>Specify <a href="command-line-options.html#compress">+compress</a> to store the binary image in an
1434 uncompressed format. The default is the compression type of the specified
1437 <p>If <code>LZW</code> compression is specified but LZW compression has not been
1438 enabled, the image data is written in an uncompressed LZW format that can be
1439 read by LZW decoders. This may result in larger-than-expected GIF files.</p>
1441 <p><code>Lossless</code> refers to lossless JPEG, which is only available if the
1442 JPEG library has been patched to support it. Use of lossless JPEG is generally
1443 not recommended.</p>
1446 When writing an ICO file, you may request that the images be encoded in
1447 PNG format, by specifying <code>Zip</code> compression.</p>
1450 When writing a JNG file, specify <code>Zip</code> compression to request that
1451 the alpha channel be encoded in PNG "IDAT" format, or <code>JPEG</code>
1452 to request that it be encoded in JPG "JDAA" format.</p>
1454 <p>Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#quality">-quality</a> option to set the compression level
1455 to be used by JPEG, PNG, MIFF, and MPEG encoders.
1456 Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor</a> option to set the
1457 sampling factor to be used by JPEG, MPEG, and YUV encoders for down-sampling
1458 the chroma channels.</p>
1460 <div style="margin: auto;">
1461 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="connected-components"></a>-connected-components <var>connectivity</var></h3>
1464 <p class="magick-description">connected-components uniquely labeled, choose from 4 or 8 way connectivity.</p>
1466 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> connected-components:verbose=true</code> to output statistics associated with each unique label.</p>
1468 <div style="margin: auto;">
1469 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="contrast"></a>-contrast</h3>
1472 <p class="magick-description">Enhance or reduce the image contrast.</p>
1474 <p>This option enhances the intensity differences between the lighter and
1475 darker elements of the image. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast">-contrast</a> to enhance
1476 the image or <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast">+contrast</a> to reduce the image
1479 <p>For a more pronounced effect you can repeat the option:</p>
1482 convert rose: -contrast -contrast rose_c2.png
1485 <div style="margin: auto;">
1486 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="contrast-stretch"></a>-contrast-stretch <var>black-point</var><br>-contrast-stretch <var>black-point</var>{x<var>white-point</var>}{<var>%</var>}}</h3>
1489 <p class="magick-description">Increase the contrast in an image by <var>stretching</var> the range of intensity values.</p>
1491 <p>While performing the stretch, black-out at most <var>black-point</var> pixels and white-out at most <var>white-point</var> pixels. Or, if percent is used, black-out at most
1492 <var>black-point %</var> pixels and white-out at most <var>white-point %</var> pixels.</p>
1494 <p>Prior to ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a> will black-out at most <var>black-point</var> pixels and white-out at most <var>total pixels
1495 minus white-point</var> pixels. Or, if percent is used, black-out at most <var>black-point %</var> pixels and white-out at most <var>100% minus white-point %</var> pixels.</p>
1497 <p>Note that <code>-contrast-stretch 0</code> will modify the image such that
1498 the image's min and max values are stretched to 0 and <var>QuantumRange</var>, respectively, without any loss of data due to burn-out or
1499 clipping at either end. This is not the same as <a href="command-line-options.html#normalize">-normalize</a>, which is equivalent to <code>-contrast-stretch 0.15x0.05%</code> (or
1500 prior to ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <code>-contrast-stretch 2%x99%</code>).</p>
1502 <p>Internally operator works by creating a histogram bin, and then uses that
1503 bin to modify the image. As such some colors may be merged together when they
1504 originally fell into the same 'bin'. </p>
1506 <p>All the channels are normalized in concert by the came amount so as to
1507 preserve color integrity, when the default <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">+channel</a>
1508 setting is in use. Specifying any other <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
1509 setting will normalize the RGB channels independently.</p>
1511 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> for a 'perfect'
1512 normalization of mathematical images. </p>
1514 <p>This operator is under review for re-development. </p>
1517 <div style="margin: auto;">
1518 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="convolve"></a>-convolve <var>kernel</var></h3>
1521 <p class="magick-description">Convolve an image with a user-supplied convolution kernel.</p>
1523 <p>The <var>kernel</var> is a matrix specified as
1524 a comma-separated list of integers (with no spaces), ordered left-to right,
1525 starting with the top row. Presently, only odd-dimensioned kernels are
1526 supported, and therefore the number of entries in the specified <var>kernel</var> must be 3<sup>2</sup>=9, 5<sup>2</sup>=25,
1527 7<sup>2</sup>=49, etc. </p>
1529 <p>Note that the <a href="command-line-options.html#convolve">‑convolve</a> operator supports the <a href="command-line-options.html#bias">‑bias</a> setting. This option shifts the convolution so that
1530 positive and negative results are relative to a user-specified bias value.
1531 This is important for non-HDRI compilations of ImageMagick when dealing with
1532 convolutions that contain negative as well as positive values. This is
1533 especially the case with convolutions involving high pass filters or edge
1534 detection. Without an output bias, the negative values is clipped at zero.
1537 <p>When using an ImageMagick with the HDRI compile-time setting, <a href="command-line-options.html#bias">‑bias</a> is not needed, as ImageMagick is able to store/handle any
1538 negative results without clipping to the color value range (0..QuantumRange).
1539 See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page <a href="high-dynamic-range.html">High
1540 Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages or this
1541 <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a>
1545 <div style="margin: auto;">
1546 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="crop"></a>-crop <var>geometry</var>{<var>@</var>}{<var>!</var>}</h3>
1549 <p class="magick-description">Cut out one or more rectangular regions of the image.</p>
1551 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
1553 <p>The <var>width</var> and <var>height</var> of the <var>geometry</var> argument give the size of the image that remains
1554 after cropping, and <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> in the
1555 <var>offset</var> (if present) gives the location of the top left
1556 corner of the cropped image with respect to the original image. To specify the
1557 amount to be removed, use <a href="command-line-options.html#shave">-shave</a> instead.</p>
1559 <p>If the <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> offsets are
1560 present, a single image is generated, consisting of the pixels from the
1561 cropping region. The offsets specify the location of the upper left corner of
1562 the cropping region measured downward and rightward with respect to the upper
1563 left corner of the image. If the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option is
1564 present with <code>NorthEast</code>, <code>East</code>, or <code>SouthEast</code>
1565 gravity, it gives the distance leftward from the right edge of the image to
1566 the right edge of the cropping region. Similarly, if the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option is present with <code>SouthWest</code>,
1567 <code>South</code>, or <code>SouthEast</code> gravity, the distance is measured
1568 upward between the bottom edges.</p>
1570 <p>If the <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> offsets are
1571 omitted, a set of tiles of the specified geometry, covering the entire input
1572 image, is generated. The rightmost tiles and the bottom tiles are smaller if
1573 the specified geometry extends beyond the dimensions of the input image.</p>
1575 <p>You can add the <var>@</var> to the geometry argument to equally divide the image into the number of tiles generated.</p>
1577 <p>By adding a exclamation character flag to the geometry argument, the
1578 cropped images virtual canvas page size and offset is set as if the
1579 geometry argument was a viewport or window. This means the canvas page size
1580 is set to exactly the same size you specified, the image offset set
1581 relative top left corner of the region cropped. </p>
1583 <p>If the cropped image 'missed' the actual image on its virtual canvas, a
1584 special single pixel transparent 'missed' image is returned, and a 'crop
1585 missed' warning given. </p>
1587 <p>It might be necessary to <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a> the image prior to
1588 cropping the image to ensure the crop coordinate frame is relocated to the
1589 upper-left corner of the visible image.
1591 Similarly you may want to use <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a> after cropping to
1592 remove the page offset that will be left behind. This is especially true when
1593 you are going to write to an image format such as PNG that supports an image
1596 <div style="margin: auto;">
1597 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="cycle"></a>-cycle <var>amount</var></h3>
1600 <p class="magick-description">displace image colormap by amount.</p>
1602 <p><var>Amount</var> defines the number of positions each
1603 colormap entry is shifted.</p>
1606 <div style="margin: auto;">
1607 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="debug"></a>-debug <var>events</var></h3>
1610 <p class="magick-description">enable debug printout.</p>
1612 <p>The <code>events</code> parameter specifies which events are to be logged. It
1613 can be either <code>None</code>, <code>All</code>, <code>Trace</code>, or
1614 a comma-separated list consisting of one or more of the following domains:
1615 <code>Accelerate</code>, <code>Annotate</code>, <code>Blob</code>, <code>Cache</code>,
1616 <code>Coder</code>, <code>Configure</code>, <code>Deprecate</code>,
1617 <code>Exception</code>, <code>Locale</code>, <code>Render</code>,
1618 <code>Resource</code>, <code>Security</code>, <code>TemporaryFile</code>,
1619 <code>Transform</code>, <code>X11</code>, or <code>User</code>. </p>
1622 <p>For example, to log cache and blob events, use.</p>
1625 convert -debug "Cache,Blob" rose: rose.png
1628 <p>The <code>User</code> domain is normally empty, but developers can log user
1629 events in their private copy of ImageMagick.</p>
1631 <p>To print the complete list of debug methods, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
1634 <p>Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#log">-log</a> option to specify the format for debugging
1637 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#debug">+debug</a> to turn off all logging.</p>
1639 <p>Debugging may also be set using the <code>MAGICK_DEBUG</code> <a href="resources.html#environment">environment variable</a>. The allowed values for the <code>MAGICK_DEBUG</code>
1640 environment variable are the same as for the <a href="command-line-options.html#debug">-debug</a>
1644 <div style="margin: auto;">
1645 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="decipher"></a>-decipher <var>filename</var></h3>
1648 <p class="magick-description">Decipher and restore pixels that were previously transformed by <a href="command-line-options.html#encipher">-encipher</a>.</p>
1650 <p>Get the passphrase from the file specified by <var>filename</var>.</p>
1652 <p>For more information, see the webpage, <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/www/cipher.html">ImageMagick: Encipher or
1653 Decipher an Image</a>.</p>
1656 <div style="margin: auto;">
1657 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="deconstruct"></a>-deconstruct</h3>
1660 <p class="magick-description">find areas that has changed between images </p>
1662 <p>Given a sequence of images all the same size, such as produced by <a href="command-line-options.html#coalesce">-coalesce</a>, replace the second and later images, with
1663 a smaller image of just the area that changed relative to the previous image.
1666 <p>The resulting sequence of images can be used to optimize an animation
1667 sequence, though will not work correctly for GIF animations when parts of the
1668 animation can go from opaque to transparent. </p>
1670 <p>This option is actually equivalent to the <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a>
1671 method '<code>compare-any</code>'. </p>
1674 <div style="margin: auto;">
1675 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="define"></a>-define <var>key</var>{<var>=value</var>}<var>...</var></h3>
1678 <p class="magick-description">add specific global settings generally used to control coders and image processing operations.</p>
1680 <p>This option creates one or more definitions for coders and decoders to use
1681 while reading and writing image data. Definitions are generally used to
1682 control image file format coder modules, and image processing operations,
1683 beyond what is provided by normal means. Defined settings are listed in <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> information ("<code>info:</code>" output format)
1684 as "Artifacts". </p>
1686 <p>If <var>value</var> is missing for a definition, an empty-valued
1687 definition of a flag is created with that name. This used to control on/off
1688 options. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#define">+define key</a> to remove definitions
1689 previously created. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#define">+define "*"</a> to remove all
1690 existing definitions.</p>
1692 <p>The same 'artifact' settings can also be defined using the <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set "option:<var>key</var>" "<var>value</var>"</a> option, which also allows the use of <a href="escape.html">Format and Print Image
1693 Properties</a> in the defined value. </p>
1695 <p>The <var>option</var> and <var>key</var> are case-independent (they are
1696 converted to lowercase for use within the decoders) while the <var>value</var>
1697 is case-dependent.</p>
1699 <p>Such settings are global in scope, and affect all images and operations. </p>
1701 <p>The following definitions are just some of the artifacts that are
1704 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
1706 <td>bmp:format=<var>value</var></td>
1707 <td> valid values are <var>bmp2</var>, <var>bmp3</var>,
1708 and <var>bmp4</var>. This option can be useful when the
1709 method of prepending "BMP2:" to the output filename is inconvenient or
1710 is not available, such as when using the <a href="mogrify.html">mogrify</a> utility.</td>
1714 <td>complex:snr=<var>value</var></td>
1715 <td>Set the divide SNR constant<a href="command-line-options.html#complex">-complex</a></td>
1719 <td>compose:args=<var>arguments</var></td>
1720 <td>Sets certain compose argument values when using convert ... -compose ...
1721 -composite. See <a href="compose.html">Image Composition</a></td>
1725 <td>convolve:scale=<var>{kernel_scale}[!^] [,{origin_addition}] [%]</var></td>
1726 <td>Defines the kernel scaling. The special flag ! automatically scales to
1727 full dynamic range. The ! flag can be used in combination with a factor or
1728 percent. The factor or percent is then applied after the automatic scaling.
1729 An example is 50%!. This produces a result 50% darker than full dynamic
1730 range scaling. The ^ flag assures the kernel is 'zero-summing', for
1731 example when some values are positive and some are negative as in edge
1732 detection kernels. The origin addition adds that value to the center
1733 pixel of the kernel. This produces and effect that is like adding the image
1734 that many times to the result of the filtered image. The typical value
1735 is 1 so that the original image is added to the result of the convolution.
1736 The default is 0.</td>
1740 <td>convolve:showkernel=<var>1</var></td>
1741 <td>Outputs (to 'standard error') all the information about a specified <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology convolve</a> kernel.</td>
1745 <td>dcm:display-range=<var>reset</var></td>
1746 <td>Sets the display range to the minimum and maximum pixel values for the
1747 DCM image format.</td>
1751 <td>dds:cluster-fit=<var>true|false</var></td>
1752 <td>Enables the dds cluster-fit.</td>
1756 <td>dds:compression=<var>dxt1|dxt5|none</var></td>
1757 <td>Sets the dds compression.</td>
1761 <td>dds:mipmaps=<var>value</var></td>
1762 <td>Sets the dds number of mipmaps.</td>
1766 <td>dds:weight-by-alpha=<var>true|false</var></td>
1767 <td>Enables the dds alpha weighting.</td>
1771 <td>delegate:bimodal=<var>true</var></td>
1772 <td>Specifies direct conversion from Postscript to PDF.</td>
1776 <td>distort:scale=<var>value</var></td>
1777 <td>Sets the output scaling factor for use with <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a></td>
1781 <td>distort:viewport=<var>WxH+X+Y</var></td>
1782 <td>Sets the viewport for use with <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a></td>
1786 <td>dot:layout-engine=<var>value</var></td>
1787 <td>Specifies the layout engine for the DOT image format (e.g.
1788 <code>neato</code>).</td>
1792 <td>filter:option=<var>value</var></td>
1793 <td>Set a filter option for use with <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a>.
1794 See <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> for details.</td>
1798 <td>fourier:normalize=<var>inverse</var></td>
1799 <td>Sets the location for the FFT/IFT normalization as use by
1800 <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">+-fft</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#ift">+-ift</a>. The default is
1805 <td>icon:auto-resize</td>
1806 <td>Automatically stores multiple sizes when writing an ico image
1807 (requires a 256x256 input image).</td>
1811 <td>jp2:layer-number=<var>value</var></td>
1812 <td>Sets the maximum number of quality layers to decode. Same for JPT, JC2,
1817 <td>jp2:number-resolutions=<var>value</var></td>
1818 <td>Sets the number of resolutions to encode.Same for JPT, JC2, and J2K</td>
1822 <td>jp2:progression-order=<var>value</var></td>
1823 <td>choose from LRCP, RLCP, RPCL, PCRL or CPRL. Same for JPT, JC2, and
1828 <td>jp2:quality=<var>value,value...</var></td>
1829 <td>Sets the quality layer PSNR, given in dB. The order is from left to
1830 right in ascending order. The default is a single lossless quality layer.
1831 Same for JPT, JC2, and J2K</td>
1835 <td>jp2:rate=<var>value</var></td>
1836 <td>Specify the compression factor to use while writing JPEG-2000 files. The
1837 compression factor is the reciprocal of the compression ratio. The valid
1838 range is 0.0 to 1.0, with 1.0 indicating lossless compression. If defined,
1839 this value overrides the -quality setting. A quality setting of 75
1840 results in a rate value of 0.06641. Same for JPT, JC2, and J2K</td>
1844 <td>jp2:reduce-factor=<var>value</var></td>
1845 <td>Sets the number of highest resolution levels to be discarded.Same for
1846 JPT, JC2, and J2K</td>
1850 <td>jpeg:block-smoothing=<var>on|off</var></td>
1855 <td>jpeg:colors=<var>value</var></td>
1856 <td>Set the desired number of colors and let the JPEG encoder do the
1861 <td>jpeg:dct-method=<var>value</var></td>
1862 <td>Choose from <code>default</code>, <code>fastest</code>,
1863 <code>float</code>, <code>ifast</code>, and <code>islow</code>.</td>
1867 <td>jpeg:extent=<var>value</var></td>
1868 <td>Restrict the maximum JPEG file size, for example <code>-define
1869 jpeg:extent=400KB</code>. The JPEG encoder will search for the highest
1870 compression quality level that results in an output file that does not
1871 exceed the value. The <code>-quality</code> option is ignored if it
1872 is also present.</td>
1876 <td>jpeg:fancy-upsampling=<var>on|off</var></td>
1881 <td>jpeg:optimize-coding=<var>on|off</var></td>
1886 <td>jpeg:q-table=<var>table</var></td>
1891 <td>jpeg:sampling-factor=<var>sampling-factor-string</var></td>
1896 <td>jpeg:size=<var>geometry</var></td>
1897 <td>Set the size hint of a JPEG image, for
1898 example, <code>-define jpeg:size=128x128</code>.
1899 It is most useful for increasing performance and reducing the memory
1900 requirements when reducing the size of a large JPEG image.</td>
1904 <td>json:features</td>
1905 <td>includes features in verbose information</td>
1914 <td>json:locate</td>
1919 <td>json:moments</td>
1920 <td>includes image moments in verbose information</td>
1924 <td>mng:need-cacheoff</td>
1925 <td>turn playback caching off for streaming MNG.</td>
1929 <td>morphology:compose=<var>compose-method</var></td>
1930 <td>Specifies how to merge results generated by multiple<a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a> kernel. The default is none. One
1931 typical value is 'lighten' as used, for example, with the sobel edge
1936 <td>morphology:showkernel=<var>1</var></td>
1937 <td>Outputs (to 'standard error') all the information about a generated <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a> kernel.</td>
1941 <td>pcl:fit-to-page=<var>true</var></td>
1944 <td>pdf:fit-page=<var>geometry</var></td>
1945 <td> geometry specifies the scaling dimensions for resizing when the PDF is
1946 being read. The geometry is either WxH{%} or page size. No offsets are
1947 allowed. (introduced in IM 6.8.8-8)</td>
1951 <td>pdf:fit-to-page=<var>true</var></td>
1956 <td>pdf:use-cropbox=<var>true</var></td>
1961 <td>pdf:use-trimbox=<var>true</var></td>
1966 <td>png:bit-depth=<var>value</var></td>
1970 <td>png:color-type=<var>value</var></td>
1971 <td>desired bit-depth and color-type for PNG output. You can force the PNG
1972 encoder to use a different bit-depth and color-type than it would have
1973 normally selected, but only if this does not cause any loss of image
1974 quality. Any attempt to reduce image quality is treated as an error and no
1975 PNG file is written. E.g., if you have a 1-bit black-and-white image, you
1976 can use these "defines" to cause it to be written as an 8-bit grayscale,
1977 indexed, or even a 64-bit RGBA. But if you have a 16-million color image,
1978 you cannot force it to be written as a grayscale or indexed PNG. If you
1979 wish to do this, you must use the appropriate <a href="command-line-options.html#depth">-depth</a>,
1980 <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a>, or <a href="command-line-options.html#type">-type</a> directives to
1981 reduce the image quality prior to using the PNG encoder. Note that in
1982 indexed PNG files, "bit-depth" refers to the number of bits per index,
1983 which can be 1, 2, 4, or 8. In such files, the color samples always have
1988 <td>png:compression-filter=<var>value</var></td>
1989 <td> valid values are 0 through 9. 0-4 are the corresponding PNG filters,
1990 5 means adaptive filtering except for images with a colormap, 6 means
1991 adaptive filtering for all images, 7 means MNG "loco" compression, 8 means
1992 Z_RLE strategy with adaptive filtering, and 9 means Z_RLE strategy with no
1997 <td>png:compression-level=<var>value</var></td>
1998 <td> valid values are 0 through 9, with 0 providing the least but fastest
1999 compression and 9 usually providing the best and always the slowest.</td>
2003 <td>png:compression-strategy=<var>value</var></td>
2004 <td> valid values are 0 through 4, meaning default, filtered, huffman_only,
2005 rle, and fixed ZLIB compression strategy. If you are using an old zlib
2006 that does not support Z_RLE (before 1.2.0) or Z_FIXED (before 1.2.2.2),
2007 values 3 and 4, respectively, will use the zlib default strategy
2012 <td>png:format=<var>value</var></td>
2013 <td> valid values are <var>png8</var>, <var>png24</var>,
2014 <var>png32</var>, <var>png48</var>,
2015 <var>png64</var>, and <var>png00</var>.
2016 This property can be useful for specifying
2017 the specific PNG format to be used, when the usual method of prepending the
2018 format name to the output filename is inconvenient, such as when writing
2019 a PNG-encoded ICO file or when using <a href="mogrify.html">mogrify</a>.
2020 Value = <var>png8</var> reduces the number of colors to 256,
2021 only one of which may be fully transparent, if necessary. The other
2022 values do not force any reduction of quality; it is an error to request
2023 a format that cannot represent the image data without loss (except that
2024 it is allowed to reduce the bit-depth from 16 to 8 for all formats).
2025 Value = <var>png24</var> and <var>png48</var>
2026 allow transparency, only if a single color is fully transparent and that
2027 color does not also appear in an opaque pixel; such transparency is
2028 written in a PNG <code>tRNS</code> chunk.
2029 Value = <var>png00</var> causes the image to inherit its
2030 color-type and bit-depth from the input image, if the input was also
2035 <td>png:exclude-chunk=<var>value</var></td>
2038 <td>png:include-chunk=<var>value</var></td>
2039 <td>ancillary chunks to be excluded from or included in PNG output.
2041 <p>The <var>value</var> can be the name of a PNG chunk-type such
2042 as <var>bKGD</var>, a comma-separated list of chunk-names
2043 (which can include the word <var>date</var>, the word
2044 <var>all</var>, or the word <var>none</var>).
2045 Although PNG chunk-names are case-dependent, you can use all lowercase
2046 names if you prefer.</p>
2048 <p>The "include-chunk" and "exclude-chunk" lists only affect the behavior
2049 of the PNG encoder and have no effect on the PNG decoder.</p>
2051 <p>As a special case, if the <code>sRGB</code> chunk is excluded and
2052 the <code>gAMA</code> chunk is included, the <code>gAMA</code> chunk will
2053 only be written if gamma is not 1/2.2, since most decoders assume
2054 sRGB and gamma=1/2.2 when no colorspace information is included in
2055 the PNG file. Because the list is processed from left to right, you
2056 can achieve this with a single define:</p>
2059 -define png:include-chunk=none,gAMA
2062 <p>As a special case, if the <code>sRGB</code> chunk is not excluded and
2063 the PNG encoder recognizes that the image contains the sRGB ICC profile,
2064 the PNG encoder will write the <code>sRGB</code> chunk instead of the
2065 entire ICC profile. To force the PNG encoder to write the sRGB
2066 profile as an <code>iCCP</code> chunk in the output PNG instead of the
2067 <code>sRGB</code> chunk, exclude the <code>sRGB</code> chunk.</p>
2069 <p>The critical PNG chunks <code>IHDR</code>, <code>PLTE</code>,
2070 <code>IDAT</code>, and <code>IEND</code> cannot be excluded. Any such
2071 entries appearing in the list will be ignored.</p>
2073 <p>If the ancillary PNG <code>tRNS</code> chunk is excluded and the
2074 image has transparency, the PNG colortype is forced to be 4 or 6
2075 (GRAY_ALPHA or RGBA). If the image is not transparent, then the
2076 <code>tRNS</code> chunk isn't written anyhow, and there is no effect
2077 on the PNG colortype of the output image.</p>
2079 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#strip">-strip</a> option does the equivalent of the
2080 following for PNG output:</p>
2083 -define png:exclude-chunk=EXIF,iCCP,iTXt,sRGB,tEXt,zCCP,zTXt,date
2086 <p>The default behavior is to include all known PNG ancillary chunks
2087 plus ImageMagick's private <code>vpAg</code> ("virtual page") chunk,
2088 and to exclude all PNG chunks that are unknown to ImageMagick,
2089 regardless of their PNG "copy-safe" status as described in the
2090 PNG specification.</p>
2092 <p>Any chunk names that are not known to ImageMagick are ignored
2093 if they appear in either the "include-chunk" or "exclude-chunk" list.
2094 The ancillary chunks currently known to ImageMagick are
2095 <code>bKGD</code>, <code>cHRM</code>, <code>gAMA</code>, <code>iCCP</code>,
2096 <code>oFFs</code>, <code>pHYs</code>, <code>sRGB</code>, <code>tEXt</code>,
2097 <code>tRNS</code>, <code>vpAg</code>, and <code>zTXt</code>.</p>
2099 <p>You can also put <code>date</code> in the list to include or exclude
2100 the "Date:create" and "Date:modify" text chunks that ImageMagick normally
2101 inserts in the output PNG.</p></td>
2105 <td>png:preserve-colormap[=<var>true</var>]</td>
2106 <td>Use the existing image->colormap. Normally the PNG encoder will
2107 try to optimize the palette, eliminating unused entries and putting
2108 the transparent colors first. If this flag is set, that behavior
2113 <td>png:preserve-iCCP[=<var>true</var>]</td>
2114 <td>By default, the PNG decoder and encoder examine any ICC profile
2115 that is present, either from an <code>iCCP</code> chunk in the PNG
2116 input or supplied via an option, and if the profile is recognized
2117 to be the sRGB profile, converts it to the <code>sRGB</code> chunk.
2118 You can use <code>-define png:preserve-iCCP</code> to prevent
2119 this from happening; in such cases the <code>iCCP</code> chunk
2120 will be read or written and no <code>sRGB</code> chunk will be
2121 written. There are some ICC profiles that claim to be sRGB but
2122 have various errors that cause them to be rejected by libpng16; such
2123 profiles are recognized anyhow and converted to the <code>sRGB</code>
2124 chunk, but are rejected if the <code>-define png:preserve-iCCP</code>
2125 is present. Note that not all "sRGB" ICC profiles are recognized
2126 yet; we will add them to the list as we encounter them.</td>
2130 <td>png:swap-bytes[=<var>true</var>]</td>
2131 <td>The PNG specification requires that any multi-byte integers be stored in
2132 network byte order (MSB-LSB endian). This option allows you to
2133 fix any invalid PNG files that have 16-bit samples stored incorrectly
2134 in little-endian order (LSB-MSB). The "-define png:swap-bytes" option
2135 must appear before the input filename on the commandline. The swapping
2136 is done during the libpng decoding operation.</td>
2140 <td>profile:skip=<var>name1,name2,...</var></td>
2141 <td>Skip the named profile[s] when reading the image. Use skip="*" to
2142 skip all named profiles in the image. Many named profiles exist,
2143 including ICC, EXIF, APP1, IPTC, XMP, and others.</td>
2147 <td>ps:imagemask</td>
2148 <td>If the ps:imagemask flag is defined, the PS3 and EPS3 coders will create
2149 Postscript files that render bilevel images with the Postscript imagemask
2150 operator instead of the image operator.</td>
2154 <td>quantum:format=<var>type</var></td>
2155 <td>Set the type to <code>floating-point</code> to specify a floating-point
2156 format for raw files (e.g. GRAY:) or for MIFF and TIFF images in HDRI mode
2157 to preserve negative values. If <a href="command-line-options.html#depth">-depth</a> 16 is
2158 included, the result is a single precision floating point format.
2159 If <a href="command-line-options.html#depth">-depth</a> 32 is included, the result is
2160 double precision floating point format.</td>
2164 <td>quantum:polarity=<var>photometric-interpretation</var></td>
2165 <td>Set the photometric-interpretation of an image (typically for TIFF image
2166 file format) to either <code>min-is-black</code> (default) or
2167 <code>min-is-white</code>.</td>
2171 <td>sample:offset=<var>geometry</var></td>
2172 <td>Location of the sampling point within the sub-region being sampled,
2173 expressed as percentages (see <a href="command-line-options.html#sample">-sample</a>).</td>
2177 <td>showkernel=<var>1</var></td>
2178 <td>Outputs (to 'standard error') all the information about a generated <a href="command-line-options.html#morphology">-morphology</a> kernel.</td>
2182 <td>stream:buffer-size=<var>value</var></td>
2183 <td>Set the stream buffer size. Select 0 for unbuffered I/O.</td>
2187 <td>tiff:alpha=<var>associated|unassociated|unspecified</var></td>
2188 <td>Specify the alpha extra samples as associated, unassociated or unspecified </td>
2192 <td>tiff:endian=<var>msb|lsb</var></td>
2197 <td>tiff:exif-properties=<var>false</var></td>
2198 <td>Skips reading the EXIF properties.</td>
2202 <td>tiff:fill-order=<var>msb|lsb</var></td>
2207 <td>tiff:ignore-tags=<var>comma-separate-list-of-tag-IDs</var></td>
2208 <td>Allows one or more tag ID values to be ignored.</td>
2212 <td>tiff:rows-per-strip=<var>value</var></td>
2213 <td>Sets the number of rows per strip</td>
2217 <td>tiff:tile-geometry=<var>WxH</var></td>
2218 <td>Sets the tile size for pyramid tiffs. Requires the suffix
2219 PTIF: before the outputname</td>
2223 <p>For example, to create a postscript file that will render only the black
2224 pixels of a bilevel image, use:</p>
2227 convert bilevel.tif -define ps:imagemask eps3:stencil.ps
2230 <p>Set attributes of the image registry by prefixing the value with
2231 <code>registry:</code>. For example, to set a temporary path to put work files,
2235 -define registry:temporary-path=/data/tmp
2238 <div style="margin: auto;">
2239 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="delay"></a>-delay <var>ticks</var> <br>-delay <var>ticks</var>x<var>ticks-per-second</var> {<var><</var>} {<var>></var>}</h3>
2242 <p class="magick-description">display the next image after pausing.</p>
2244 <p>This option is useful for regulating the animation of image sequences
2245 <var>ticks/ticks-per-second</var> seconds must expire before the display of the
2246 next image. The default is no delay between each showing of the image
2247 sequence. The default ticks-per-second is 100.</p>
2249 <p>Use <code>></code> to change the image delay <var>only</var> if its current
2250 value exceeds the given delay. <code><</code> changes the image delay
2251 <var>only</var> if current value is less than the given delay. For example, if
2252 you specify <code>30></code> and the image delay is 20, the image delay does
2253 not change. However, if the image delay is 40 or 50, the delay it is changed
2254 to 30. Enclose the given delay in quotation marks to prevent the
2255 <code><</code> or <code>></code> from being interpreted by your shell as
2256 a file redirection.</p>
2259 <div style="margin: auto;">
2260 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="delete"></a>-delete <var>indexes</var></h3>
2263 <p class="magick-description">delete the images specified by index, from the image sequence.</p>
2265 <p>Specify the image by its index in the sequence. The first image is index
2266 0. Negative indexes are relative to the end of the sequence, for example, -1
2267 represents the last image of the sequence. Specify a range of images with
2268 a dash (e.g. 0-4). Separate indexes with a comma (e.g. 0,2). Use
2269 <code>+delete</code> to delete the last image in the current image sequence.</p>
2272 <div style="margin: auto;">
2273 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="density"></a>-density <var>width</var><br>-density <var>width</var>x<var>height</var></h3>
2276 <p class="magick-description">Set the horizontal and vertical resolution of an image for rendering to devices.</p>
2278 <p>This option specifies the image resolution to store while encoding a raster
2279 image or the canvas resolution while rendering (reading) vector formats such
2280 as Postscript, PDF, WMF, and SVG into a raster image. Image resolution
2281 provides the unit of measure to apply when rendering to an output device or
2282 raster image. The default unit of measure is in dots per inch (DPI). The <a href="command-line-options.html#units">-units</a> option may be used to select dots per centimeter
2285 <p>The default resolution is 72 dots per inch, which is equivalent to one
2286 point per pixel (Macintosh and Postscript standard). Computer screens are
2287 normally 72 or 96 dots per inch, while printers typically support 150, 300,
2288 600, or 1200 dots per inch. To determine the resolution of your display, use
2289 a ruler to measure the width of your screen in inches, and divide by the
2290 number of horizontal pixels (1024 on a 1024x768 display).</p>
2292 <p>If the file format supports it, this option may be used to update the
2293 stored image resolution. Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image
2294 resolution from a proprietary embedded profile. If this profile is not
2295 stripped from the image, then Photoshop will continue to treat the image using
2296 its former resolution, ignoring the image resolution specified in the standard
2299 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#density">-density</a> option sets an <var>attribute</var> and
2300 does not alter the underlying raster image. It may be used to adjust the
2301 rendered size for desktop publishing purposes by adjusting the scale applied
2302 to the pixels. To resize the image so that it is the same size at a different
2303 resolution, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#resample">-resample</a> option.</p>
2305 <div style="margin: auto;">
2306 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="depth"></a>-depth <var>value</var></h3>
2309 <p class="magick-description">depth of the image.</p>
2311 <p>This the number of bits in a color sample within a pixel. Use this option
2312 to specify the depth of raw images whose depth is unknown such as GRAY, RGB,
2313 or CMYK, or to change the depth of any image after it has been read.</p>
2315 <div style="margin: auto;">
2316 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="descend"></a>-descend</h3>
2319 <p class="magick-description">obtain image by descending window hierarchy.</p>
2321 <div style="margin: auto;">
2322 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="deskew"></a>-deskew <var>threshold</var></h3>
2325 <p class="magick-description">straighten an image. A threshold of 40% works for most images.</p>
2327 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> <code>option:deskew:auto-crop
2328 <var>width</var></code> to auto crop the image. The set argument is the pixel
2329 width of the image background (e.g 40).</p>
2331 <div style="margin: auto;">
2332 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="despeckle"></a>-despeckle</h3>
2335 <p class="magick-description">reduce the speckles within an image.</p>
2337 <div style="margin: auto;">
2338 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="direction"></a>-direction <var>type</var></h3>
2341 <p class="magick-description">render text right-to-left or left-to-right.</p>
2343 <div style="margin: auto;">
2344 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="displace"></a>-displace <var>horizontal-scale</var><br>-displace <var>horizontal-scale</var>x<var>vertical-scale</var></h3>
2347 <p class="magick-description">shift image pixels as defined by a displacement map.</p>
2349 <p>With this option, the 'overlay' image, and optionally the 'mask' image,
2350 is used as a displacement map, which is used to displace the lookup of
2351 what part of the 'background' image is seen at each point of the overlaid
2352 area. Much like the displacement map is a 'lens' that redirects light shining
2353 through it so as to present a distorted view the original 'background' image
2356 <p>Any perfect grey areas of the displacement map produce a zero
2357 displacement of the image. Black areas produce the given maximum negative
2358 displacement of the lookup point, while white produce a maximum positive
2359 displacement of the lookup. </p>
2361 <p>Note that it is the lookup of the 'background' that is displaced, not a
2362 displacement of the image itself. As such an area of the displacement map
2363 containing 'white' will have the lookup point 'shifted' by a positive amount,
2364 and thus generating a copy of the destination image to the right/downward from
2365 the correct position. That is the image will look like it may have been
2366 'shifted' in a negative left/upward direction. Understanding this is a very
2367 important in understanding how displacement maps work. </p>
2369 <p>The given arguments define the maximum amount of displacement in pixels
2370 that a particular map can produce. If the displacement scale is large enough
2371 it is also possible to lookup parts of the 'background' image that lie well
2372 outside the bounds of the displacement map itself. That is you could very
2373 easily copy a section of the original image from outside the overlay area
2374 into the overlay area. </p>
2376 <p>The '%' flag makes the displacement scale relative to the size of the
2377 overlay image (100% = half width/height of image). Using '!' switches
2378 percentage arguments to refer to the destination image size instead.
2379 these flags were added as of IM v6.5.3-5.</p>
2381 <p>Normally a single grayscale displacement map is provided, which with the
2382 given scaling values will determine a single direction (vector) in which
2383 displacements can occur (positively or negatively). However, if you also
2384 specify a third image which is normally used as a <var>mask</var>,
2385 the <var>composite image</var> is used for horizontal X
2386 displacement, while the <var>mask image</var> is used for vertical Y
2387 displacement. This allows you to define completely different displacement
2388 values for the X and Y directions, and allowing you to lookup any point within
2389 the <var>scale</var> bounds. In other words each pixel can lookup
2390 any other nearby pixel, producing complex 2 dimensional displacements, rather
2391 than a simple 1 dimensional vector displacements. </p>
2393 <p>Alternatively rather than supplying two separate images, as of IM v6.4.4-0,
2394 you can use the 'red' channel of the overlay image to specify the horizontal
2395 or X displacement, and the 'green' channel for the vertical or Y displacement.
2398 <p>As of IM v6.5.3-5 any alpha channel in the overlay image is used as a
2399 mask the transparency of the destination image. However areas outside the
2400 overlaid areas will not be effected. </p>
2403 <div style="margin: auto;">
2404 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="display"></a>-display <var>host:display[.screen]</var></h3>
2407 <p class="magick-description">Specifies the X server to contact.</p>
2409 <p>This option is used with convert for obtaining image or font from this
2410 X server. See <var>X(1)</var>.</p>
2412 <div style="margin: auto;">
2413 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="dispose"></a>-dispose <var>method</var></h3>
2416 <p class="magick-description">define the GIF disposal image setting for images that are being created or read in. </p>
2418 <p>The layer disposal method defines the way each the displayed image is to be
2419 modified after the current 'frame' of an animation has finished being
2420 displayed (after its 'delay' period), but before the next frame on an
2421 animation is to be overlaid onto the display. </p>
2423 <p>Here are the valid methods:</p>
2425 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2426 <dt>Undefined</dt><dd>0: No disposal specified (equivalent to '<code>none</code>').</dd>
2427 <dt>None</dt><dd>1: Do not dispose, just overlay next frame image.</dd>
2428 <dt>Background</dt><dd>2: Clear the frame area with the background color.</dd>
2429 <dt>Previous</dt><dd>3: Clear to the image prior to this frames overlay.</dd>
2432 <p>You can also use the numbers given above, which is what the GIF format
2433 uses internally to represent the above settings. </p>
2435 <p>To print a complete list of dispose methods, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list dispose</a>.</p>
2437 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">+dispose</a>, turn off the setting and prevent
2438 resetting the layer disposal methods of images being read in. </p>
2440 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> '<code>dispose</code>' method to set the image
2441 disposal method for images already in memory.</p>
2443 <div style="margin: auto;">
2444 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="dissimilarity-threshold"></a>-dissimilarity-threshold <var>value</var></h3>
2447 <p class="magick-description">maximum RMSE for subimage match (default 0.2).</p>
2450 <div style="margin: auto;">
2451 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="dissolve"></a>-dissolve <var>src_percent</var>[x<var>dst_percent</var>]</h3>
2454 <p class="magick-description">dissolve an image into another by the given percent.</p>
2456 <p>The opacity of the composite image is multiplied by the given percent, then
2457 it is composited 'over' the main image. If <var>src_percent</var>
2458 is greater than 100, start dissolving the main image so it becomes
2459 transparent at a value of '<code>200</code>'. If both percentages
2460 are given, each image are dissolved to the percentages given. </p>
2462 <p>Note that dissolve percentages do not add, two opaque images dissolved
2463 '50,50', produce a 75% transparency. For a 50% + 50% blending of the two
2464 images, you would need to use dissolve values of '50,100'. </p>
2466 <div style="margin: auto;">
2467 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="distort"></a>-distort <var>method arguments</var></h3>
2470 <p class="magick-description">distort an image, using the given <var>method</var> and its required <var>arguments</var>.</p>
2472 <p>The <var>arguments</var> is a single string containing a list
2473 of floating point numbers separated by commas or spaces. The number of
2474 and meaning of the floating point values depends on the distortion <var>method</var> being used. </p>
2476 <p>Choose from these distortion types:</p>
2478 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
2480 <th style="width: 8%">Method</th>
2481 <th>Description</th>
2485 <td>ScaleRotateTranslate <br> SRT</td>
2487 Distort image by first scaling and rotating about a given 'center',
2488 before translating that 'center' to the new location, in that order. It
2489 is an alternative method of specifying a 'Affine' type of
2490 distortion, but without shearing effects. It also provides a good way
2491 of rotating and displacing a smaller image for tiling onto a larger
2492 background (IE 2-dimensional animations). <br>
2494 The number of arguments determine the specific meaning of each
2495 argument for the scales, rotation, and translation operations. <br>
2497 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2498 <dt>2:</dt><dd><var>Scale Angle</var></dd>
2499 <dt>3:</dt><dd><var>X,Y Angle</var></dd>
2500 <dt>4:</dt><dd><var>X,Y Scale Angle</var></dd>
2501 <dt>5:</dt> <dd><var>X,Y ScaleX,ScaleY Angle</var></dd>
2502 <dt>6:</dt> <dd><var>X,Y Scale Angle NewX,NewY</var></dd>
2503 <dt>7:</dt> <dd><var>X,Y ScaleX,ScaleY Angle NewX,NewY</var></dd>
2506 This is actually an alternative way of specifying a 2 dimensional linear
2507 'Affine' or 'AffineProjection' distortion. </td> </tr>
2512 Distort the image linearly by moving a list of at least 3 or more sets
2513 of control points (as defined below). Ideally 3 sets or 12 floating
2514 point values are given allowing the image to be linearly scaled,
2515 rotated, sheared, and translated, according to those three points. See
2516 also the related 'AffineProjection' and 'SRT'
2519 More than 3 sets given control point pairs (12 numbers) is least
2520 squares fitted to best match a linear affine distortion. If only 2
2521 control point pairs (8 numbers) are given a two point image translation
2522 rotation and scaling is performed, without any possible shearing,
2523 flipping or changes in aspect ratio to the resulting image. If only one
2524 control point pair is provides the image is only translated, (which may
2525 be a floating point non-integer translation). <br>
2527 This distortion does not include any form of perspective distortion.
2533 <td>AffineProjection</td>
2535 Linearly distort an image using the given Affine Matrix of 6
2536 pre-calculated coefficients forming a set of Affine Equations to map
2537 the source image to the destination image.
2539 <p class="text-center"><var>
2540 s<sub>x</sub>, r<sub>x</sub>,
2541 r<sub>y</sub>, s<sub>y</sub>,
2542 t<sub>x</sub>, t<sub>y</sub>
2545 See <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a> setting for more detail, and
2546 meanings of these coefficients. <br>
2548 The distortions 'Affine' and 'SRT' provide
2549 alternative methods of defining this distortion, with ImageMagick doing
2550 the calculations needed to generate the required coefficients. You can
2551 see the internally generated coefficients, by using a <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> setting with those other variants. </td>
2556 <td>BilinearForward<br>
2557 BilinearReverse</td>
2559 Bilinear Distortion, given a minimum of 4 sets of coordinate pairs, or
2560 16 values (see below). Not that lines may not appear straight after
2561 distortion, though the distance between coordinates will remain
2564 The 'BilinearForward' is used to map rectangles to any
2565 quadrilateral, while the 'BilinearReverse' form maps any
2566 quadrilateral to a rectangle, while preserving the straight line edges
2569 Note that 'BilinearForward' can generate invalid pixels
2570 which will be colored using the <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a>
2571 color setting. Also if the quadrilateral becomes 'flipped' the image
2574 There are future plans to produce a true Bilinear distortion that will
2575 attempt to map any quadrilateral to any other quadrilateral, while
2576 preserving edges (and edge distance ratios).
2582 <td>Perspective</td>
2584 Perspective distort the images, using a list of 4 or more sets of
2585 control points (as defined below). More that 4 sets (16 numbers) of
2586 control points provide least squares fitting for more accurate
2587 distortions (for the purposes of image registration and panorama
2588 effects). Less than 4 sets will fall back to a 'Affine'
2589 linear distortion. <br>
2591 Perspective Distorted images ensures that straight lines remain
2592 straight, but the scale of the distorted image will vary. The horizon
2593 is anti-aliased, and the 'sky' color may be set using the
2594 <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a> setting. </td>
2598 <td>PerspectiveProjection </td>
2600 Do a 'Perspective' distortion biased on a set of 8
2601 pre-calculated coefficients. You can get these coefficients by looking
2602 at the <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> output of a
2603 'Perspective' distortion, or by calculating them yourself.
2604 If the last two perspective scaling coefficients are zero, the
2605 remaining 6 represents a transposed 'Affine Matrix'. </td>
2612 Arc the image (variation of polar mapping) over the angle given around
2615 <p></p><dl class="dl-horizontal">
2617 <dd>The angle over which to arc the image side-to-side</dd>
2618 <dt>rotate_angle</dt>
2619 <dd>Angle to rotate resulting image from vertical center</dd>
2621 <dd>Set top edge of source image at this radius</dd>
2622 <dt>bottom_radius </dt>
2623 <dd>Set bottom edge to this radius (radial scaling)</dd>
2626 The resulting image is always resized to best fit the resulting image,
2627 (as if using <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">+distort</a>) while attempting to
2628 preserve scale and aspect ratio of the original image as much as
2629 possible with the arguments given by the user. All four arguments will
2630 be needed to change the overall aspect ratio of an 'Arc'ed image. <br>
2632 This a variation of a polar distortion designed to try to preserve the
2633 aspect ratio of the image rather than direct Cartesian to Polar
2640 Like 'Arc' but do a complete Cartesian to Polar mapping of
2641 the image. that is the height of the input image is mapped to the
2642 radius limits, while the width is wrapped around between the
2645 Arguments: <var>Rmax,Rmin CenterX,CenterY, start,end_angle</var> <br>
2647 All arguments are optional. With <var>Rmin</var> defaulting to zero, the
2648 center to the center of the image, and the angles going from -180 (top)
2649 to +180 (top). If <var>Rmax</var> is given the special value of
2650 '0', the the distance from the center to the nearest edge
2651 is used for the radius of the output image, which will ensure the whole
2652 image is visible (though scaled smaller). However a special value of
2653 '-1' will use the distance from the center to the furthest
2654 corner, This may 'clip' the corners from the input rectangular image,
2655 but will generate the exact reverse of a 'DePolar' with
2656 the same arguments. <br>
2658 If the plus form of distort (<a href="command-line-options.html#distort">+distort</a>) is used
2659 output image center will default to 0,0 of the virtual
2660 canvas, and the image size adjusted to ensure the whole input image is
2661 made visible in the output image on the virtual canvas. </td>
2668 Uses the same arguments and meanings as a 'Polar' distortion
2669 but generates the reverse Polar to Cartesian distortion. <br>
2671 The special <var>Rmax</var> setting of '0' may however clip
2672 the corners of the input image. However using the special
2673 <var>Rmax</var> setting of '-1' (maximum center to corner
2674 distance) will ensure the whole distorted image is preserved in the
2675 generated result, so that the same argument to 'Polar' will
2676 reverse the distortion re-producing the original.
2678 Note that as this distortion requires the area resampling of a circular
2679 arc, which can not be handled by the builtin EWA resampling function.
2680 As such the normal EWA filters are turned off. It is recommended some
2681 form of 'super-sampling' image processing technique be used to produce
2682 a high quality result. </td>
2689 Given the four coefficients (A,B,C,D) as defined by <a href="http://wiki.panotools.org/Lens_correction_model">Helmut
2690 Dersch</a>, perform a barrel or pin-cushion distortion appropriate to
2691 correct radial lens distortions. That is in photographs, make straight
2692 lines straight again. <br>
2694 <p class="text-center">Arguments: <var>A B C</var> [ <var>D</var> [
2695 <var>X</var> , <var>Y</var> ] ] <br>
2696 or <var>A<sub>x</sub> B<sub>x</sub> C<sub>x</sub> D<sub>x</sub>
2697 A<sub>y</sub> B<sub>y</sub> C<sub>y</sub> D<sub>y</sub></var>
2698 [ <var>X</var> , <var>Y</var> ] </p>
2699 So that it forms the function
2700 <p class="text-center">Rsrc = r * ( <var>A</var>*r<sup>3</sup> + <var>B</var>*r<sup>2</sup> +
2701 <var>C</var>*r + <var>D</var> )</p>
2703 Where <var>X</var>,<var>Y</var> is the optional center of the distortion
2704 (defaulting to the center of the image). <br>
2705 The second form is typically used to distort images, rather than
2706 correct lens distortions. <br>
2712 <td>BarrelInverse</td>
2714 This is very similar to 'Barrel' with the same set of
2715 arguments, and argument handling. However it uses the inverse
2716 of the radial polynomial,
2717 so that it forms the function
2718 <p class="text-center">Rsrc = r / ( <var>A</var>*r<sup>3</sup> + <var>B</var>*r<sup>2</sup> +
2719 <var>C</var>*r + <var>D</var> )</p>
2720 Note that this is not the reverse of the 'Barrel'
2721 distortion, just a different barrel-like radial distortion method.
2729 Distort the given list control points (any number) using an Inverse
2730 Squared Distance Interpolation Method (<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shepard%27s_method">Shepards
2731 Method</a>). The control points in effect do 'localized' displacement
2732 of the image around the given control point (preserving the look and
2733 the rotation of the area near the control points. For best results
2734 extra control points should be added to 'lock' the positions of the
2735 corners, edges and other unchanging parts of the image, to prevent
2736 their movement. <br>
2738 The distortion has been likened to 'taffy pulling' using nails, or
2739 pins' stuck in a block of 'jelly' which is then moved to the new
2740 position, distorting the surface of the jelly. <br>
2742 Internally it is equivalent to generating a displacement map (see <a href="command-line-options.html#displace">-displace</a>) for source image color look-up using
2743 the <a href="command-line-options.html#sparse-color">-sparse-color</a> method of the same name.
2750 <p>To print a complete list of distortion methods, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
2753 <p>Many of the above distortion methods such as '<code>Affine</code>',
2754 '<code>Perspective</code>', and '<code>Shepards</code>' use a list control points
2755 defining how these points in the given image should be distorted in the
2756 destination image. Each set of four floating point values represent a source
2757 image coordinate, followed immediately by the destination image coordinate.
2758 This produces a list of values such as...</p>
2759 <p class="text-center"><var>
2760 U<sub>1</sub>,V<sub>1</sub> X<sub>1</sub>,Y<sub>1</sub>
2761 U<sub>2</sub>,V<sub>2</sub> X<sub>2</sub>,Y<sub>2</sub>
2762 U<sub>3</sub>,V<sub>3</sub> X<sub>3</sub>,Y<sub>3</sub>
2764 U<sub>n</sub>,V<sub>n</sub> X<sub>n</sub>,Y<sub>n</sub>
2766 <p>where <var>U,V</var> on the source image is mapped to <var>X,Y</var> on the
2767 destination image. </p>
2769 <p>For example, to warp an image using '<code>perspective</code>' distortion,
2770 needs a list of at least 4 sets of coordinates, or 16 numbers. Here is the
2771 perspective distortion of the built-in "rose:" image. Note how spaces were
2772 used to group the 4 sets of coordinate pairs, to make it easier to read and
2776 convert rose: -virtual-pixel black \
2777 -distort Perspective '0,0,0,0 0,45,0,45 69,0,60,10 69,45,60,35' \
2778 rose_3d_rotated.gif"
2781 <p>If more that the required number of coordinate pairs are given for
2782 a distortion, the distortion method is 'least squares' fitted to produce the
2783 best result for all the coordinate pairs given. If less than the ideal number
2784 of points are given, the distort will generally fall back to a simpler form of
2785 distortion that can handles the smaller number of coordinates (usually a linear
2786 '<code>Affine</code>' distortion). </p>
2788 <p>By using more coordinates you can make use of image registration tool to
2789 find matching coordinate pairs in overlapping images, so as to improve the
2790 'fit' of the distortion. Of course a bad coordinate pair can also make the
2791 'fit' worse. Caution is always advised. </p>
2793 <p>Colors are acquired from the source image according to a cylindrical
2794 resampling <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a>, using a special technique known as
2795 EWA resampling. This produces very high quality results, especially when
2796 images become smaller (minified) in the output, which is very common when
2797 using '<code>perspective</code>' distortion. For example here we view
2798 a infinitely tiled 'plane' all the way to the horizon. </p>
2801 convert -size 90x90 pattern:checkerboard -normalize -virtual-pixel tile \
2802 -distort perspective '0,0,5,45 89,0,45,46 0,89,0,89 89,89,89,89' \
2806 <p>Note that a infinitely tiled perspective images involving the horizon can
2807 be very slow, because of the number of pixels that are compressed to generate
2808 each individual pixel close to the 'horizon'. You can turn off EWA
2809 resampling, by specifing the special <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting of
2810 '<code>point</code>' (recommended if you plan to use super-sampling instead).
2813 <p>If an image generates <i>invalid pixels</i>, such as the 'sky' in the last
2814 example, <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a> will use the current <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a> setting for these pixels. If you do not
2815 what these pixels to be visible, set the color to match the rest of the
2818 <p>The output image size will by default be the same as the input image. This
2819 means that if the part of the distorted image falls outside the viewed area of
2820 the 'distorted space', those parts is clipped and lost. However if you use
2821 the plus form of the operator (<a href="command-line-options.html#distort">+distort</a>) the operator
2822 will attempt (if possible) to show the whole of the distorted image, while
2823 retaining a correct 'virtual canvas' offset, for image layering. This offset
2824 may need to be removed using <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a>, to remove if it
2827 <p>Setting <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> setting, will cause <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a> to attempt to output the internal coefficients,
2828 and the <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">-fx</a> equivalent to the distortion, for expert study,
2829 and debugging purposes. This many not be available for all distorts. </p>
2831 <p>You can alternatively specify a special "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> distort:viewport={geometry_string}</code>" setting which will
2832 specify the size and the offset of the generated 'viewport' image of the
2833 distorted image space.</p>
2835 <p>Setting a "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a>
2836 distort:scale={scale_factor}</code>" will scale the output image (viewport or
2837 otherwise) by that factor without changing the viewed contents of the
2838 distorted image. This can be used either for 'super-sampling' the image for
2839 a higher quality result, or for panning and zooming around the image (with
2840 appropriate viewport changes, or post-distort cropping and resizing). </p>
2842 <p>Setting "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> resample:verbose=1</code>"
2843 will output the cylindrical filter lookup table created by the EWA (Elliptical
2844 Weighted Average) resampling algorithm. Note this table uses a squared radius
2845 lookup value. This is typically only used for debugging EWA resampling. </p>
2848 <div style="margin: auto;">
2849 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="distribute-cache"></a>-distribute-cache <var>port</var></h3>
2852 <p class="magick-description">launch a distributed pixel cache server. </p>
2854 <div style="margin: auto;">
2855 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="dither"></a>-dither <var>method</var></h3>
2858 <p class="magick-description">Apply a Riemersma or Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither to
2859 images when general color reduction is applied via an option, or automagically
2860 when saving to specific formats. This enabled by default.</p>
2862 <p>Dithering places two or more colors in neighboring pixels so that to the
2863 eye a closer approximation of the images original color is reproduced. This
2864 reduces the number of colors needed to reproduce the image but at the cost of
2865 a lower level pattern of colors. Error diffusion dithers can use any set of
2866 colors (generated or user defined) to an image. </p>
2868 <p>Dithering is turned on by default, to turn it off use the plus form of the
2869 setting, <a href="command-line-options.html#dither">+dither</a>. This will also also render PostScript
2870 without text or graphic aliasing. Disabling dithering often (but not always)
2871 leads to faster process, a smaller number of colors, but more cartoon like
2872 image coloring. Generally resulting in 'color banding' effects in areas with
2873 color gradients. </p>
2875 <p>The color reduction operators <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#monochrome">-monochrome</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#remap%20">-remap</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#posterize">-posterize</a>, apply dithering to images using the reduced
2876 color set they created. These operators are also used as part of automatic
2877 color reduction when saving images to formats with limited color support, such
2878 as <code>GIF:</code>, <code>XBM:</code>, and others, so dithering may also be used
2879 in these cases. </p>
2881 <p>Alternatively you can use <a href="command-line-options.html#random-threshold">-random-threshold</a>
2882 to generate purely random dither. Or use <a href="command-line-options.html#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a> to apply threshold mapped dither
2883 patterns, using uniform color maps, rather than specific color maps. </p>
2886 <div style="margin: auto;">
2887 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="draw"></a>-draw <var>string</var></h3>
2890 <p class="magick-description">Annotate an image with one or more graphic primitives.</p>
2892 <p>Use this option to annotate or decorate an image with one or more graphic
2893 primitives. The primitives include shapes, text, transformations, and pixel
2896 <p>The shape primitives:</p>
2898 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2899 <dt>point</dt><dd> x,y</dd>
2900 <dt>line</dt><dd> x0,y0 x1,y1</dd>
2901 <dt>rectangle</dt><dd> x0,y0 x1,y1</dd>
2902 <dt>roundRectangle</dt><dd> x0,y0 x1,y1 wc,hc</dd>
2903 <dt>arc</dt><dd> x0,y0 x1,y1 a0,a1</dd>
2904 <dt>ellipse</dt><dd> x0,y0 rx,ry a0,a1</dd>
2905 <dt>circle</dt><dd> x0,y0 x1,y1</dd>
2906 <dt>polyline</dt><dd> x0,y0 ... xn,yn</dd>
2907 <dt>polygon</dt><dd> x0,y0 ... xn,yn</dd>
2908 <dt>bezier</dt><dd> x0,y0 ... xn,yn</dd>
2909 <dt>path</dt><dd>specification </dd>
2910 <dt>image</dt><dd> operator x0,y0 w,h filename</dd>
2913 <p>The text primitive:</p>
2915 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2916 <dt>text</dt><dd>x0,y0 string</dd>
2918 <p>The text gravity primitive:</p>
2920 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2921 <dt>gravity</dt><dd>NorthWest, North, NorthEast, West, Center, East, SouthWest, South, or SouthEast</dd>
2924 <p>The text gravity primitive only affects the placement of text and does not
2925 interact with the other primitives. It is equivalent to using the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> command-line option, except that it is limited in
2926 scope to the <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> option in which it appears.</p>
2928 <p>The transformation primitives:</p>
2930 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2931 <dt>rotate</dt><dd>degrees</dd>
2932 <dt>translate</dt><dd>dx,dy</dd>
2933 <dt>scale</dt><dd>sx,sy</dd>
2934 <dt>skewX</dt><dd>degrees</dd>
2935 <dt>skewY</dt><dd>degrees</dd>
2938 <p>The pixel operation primitives:</p>
2940 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
2941 <dt>color</dt><dd>x0,y0 method</dd>
2942 <dt>matte</dt><dd>x0,y0 method</dd>
2945 <p>The shape primitives are drawn in the color specified by the preceding <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> setting. For unfilled shapes, use <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill none</a>. You can optionally control the stroke (the
2946 "outline" of a shape) with the <a href="command-line-options.html#stroke">-stroke</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#strokewidth">-strokewidth</a> settings.</p>
2948 <p>A <code>point</code> primitive is specified by a single <var>point</var> in the
2949 pixel plane, that is, by an ordered pair of integer coordinates,
2950 <var>x</var>,<var>y</var>. (As it involves only a single pixel, a <code>point</code>
2951 primitive is not affected by <a href="command-line-options.html#stroke">-stroke</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#strokewidth">-strokewidth</a>.)</p>
2953 <p>A <code>line</code> primitive requires a start point and end point.</p>
2955 <p>A <code>rectangle</code> primitive is specified by the pair of points at the
2956 upper left and lower right corners.</p>
2958 <p>A <code>roundRectangle</code> primitive takes the same corner points as
2959 a <code>rectangle</code> followed by the width and height of the rounded corners
2962 <p>The <code>circle</code> primitive makes a disk (filled) or circle (unfilled).
2963 Give the center and any point on the perimeter (boundary).</p>
2965 <p>The <code>arc</code> primitive is used to inscribe an elliptical segment in
2966 to a given rectangle. An <code>arc</code> requires the two corners used for
2967 <code>rectangle</code> (see above) followed by the start and end angles of the
2968 arc of the segment segment (e.g. 130,30 200,100 45,90). The start and end
2969 points produced are then joined with a line segment and the resulting segment
2970 of an ellipse is filled.</p>
2972 <p>Use <code>ellipse</code> to draw a partial (or whole) ellipse. Give the
2973 center point, the horizontal and vertical "radii" (the <var>semi-axes</var> of
2974 the ellipse) and start and end angles in degrees (e.g. 100,100 100,150
2977 <p>The <code>polyline</code> and <code>polygon</code> primitives require three or
2978 more points to define their perimeters. A <code>polyline</code> is simply
2979 a <code>polygon</code> in which the final point is not stroked to the start
2980 point. When unfilled, this is a <var>polygonal line</var>. If the <a href="command-line-options.html#stroke">-stroke</a> setting is <code>none</code> (the default), then
2981 a <code>polyline</code> is identical to a <code>polygon</code>. </p>
2983 <p>A <var>coordinate</var> is a pair of integers separated by a space or
2984 optional comma. </p>
2986 <p>As an example, to define a circle centered at 100,100 that extends to
2990 -draw 'circle 100,100 150,150'
2993 <p>The <code>Bezier</code> primitive creates a spline curve and requires three
2994 or points to define its shape. The first and last points are the
2995 <var>knots</var> and these points are attained by the curve, while any
2996 intermediate coordinates are <var>control points</var>. If two control points
2997 are specified, the line between each end knot and its sequentially respective
2998 control point determines the tangent direction of the curve at that end. If
2999 one control point is specified, the lines from the end knots to the one
3000 control point determines the tangent directions of the curve at each end. If
3001 more than two control points are specified, then the additional control points
3002 act in combination to determine the intermediate shape of the curve. In order
3003 to draw complex curves, it is highly recommended either to use the
3004 <code>path</code> primitive or to draw multiple four-point bezier segments with
3005 the start and end knots of each successive segment repeated. For example:</p>
3008 -draw 'bezier 20,50 45,100 45,0 70,50'
3009 -draw 'bezier 70,50 95,100 95,0 120,50'
3012 <p>A <code>path</code> represents an outline of an object, defined in terms of
3013 moveto (set a new current point), lineto (draw a straight line), curveto (draw
3014 a Bezier curve), arc (elliptical or circular arc) and closepath (close the
3015 current shape by drawing a line to the last moveto) elements. Compound paths
3016 (i.e., a path with subpaths, each consisting of a single moveto followed by
3017 one or more line or curve operations) are possible to allow effects such as
3018 <var>donut holes</var> in objects. (See <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html">Paths</a>.)</p>
3020 <p>Use <code>image</code> to composite an image with another image. Follow the
3021 image keyword with the composite operator, image location, image size, and
3025 -draw 'image SrcOver 100,100 225,225 image.jpg'
3028 <p>You can use 0,0 for the image size, which means to use the actual
3029 dimensions found in the image header. Otherwise, it is scaled to the given
3030 dimensions. See <a href="compose.html">Alpha Compositing</a> for
3031 a detailed discussion of alpha composition methods that are available. </p>
3033 <p>The "special augmented compose operators" such as "dissolve" that require
3034 arguments cannot be used at present with the <code>-draw image</code> option.
3037 <p>Use <code>text</code> to annotate an image with text. Follow the text
3038 coordinates with a string. If the string has embedded spaces, enclose it in
3039 single or double quotes.</p>
3041 <p>For example, the following annotates the image with <code>Works like
3042 magick!</code> for an image titled <code>bird.miff</code>. </p>
3045 -draw "text 100,100 'Works like magick!' "
3048 <p>See the <a href="command-line-options.html#annotate">-annotate</a> option for another convenient way
3049 to annotate an image with text.</p>
3051 <p>The <code>rotate</code> primitive rotates subsequent shape primitives and
3052 text primitives about the origin of the main image. If the <a href="command-line-options.html#region">-region</a> option precedes the <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a>
3053 option, the origin for transformations is the upper left corner of the
3056 <p>The <code>translate</code> primitive translates subsequent shape and text
3059 <p>The <code>scale</code> primitive scales them.</p>
3061 <p>The <code>skewX</code> and <code>skewY</code> primitives skew them with respect
3062 to the origin of the main image or the region.</p>
3064 <p>The transformations modify the current affine matrix, which is initialized
3065 from the initial affine matrix defined by the <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a>
3066 option. Transformations are cumulative within the <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a>
3067 option. The initial affine matrix is not affected; that matrix is only changed
3068 by the appearance of another <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a> option. If another
3069 <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> option appears, the current affine matrix is
3070 reinitialized from the initial affine matrix.</p>
3072 <p>Use the <code>color</code> primitive to change the color of a pixel to the
3073 fill color (see <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a>). Follow the pixel coordinate with
3084 <p>Consider the target pixel as that specified by your coordinate. The
3085 <code>point</code> method recolors the target pixel. The <code>replace</code>
3086 method recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel.
3087 <code>Floodfill</code> recolors any pixel that matches the color of the target
3088 pixel and is a neighbor, whereas <code>filltoborder</code> recolors any neighbor
3089 pixel that is not the border color. Finally, <code>reset</code> recolors all
3092 <p>Use <code>matte</code> to the change the pixel matte value to transparent.
3093 Follow the pixel coordinate with a method (see the <code>color</code> primitive
3094 for a description of methods). The <code>point</code> method changes the matte
3095 value of the target pixel. The <code>replace</code> method changes the matte
3096 value of any pixel that matches the color of the target pixel.
3097 <code>Floodfill</code> changes the matte value of any pixel that matches the
3098 color of the target pixel and is a neighbor, whereas <code>filltoborder</code>
3099 changes the matte value of any neighbor pixel that is not the border color (<a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a>). Finally <code>reset</code> changes the
3100 matte value of all pixels.</p>
3102 <p>You can set the primitive color, font, and font bounding box color with <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#font">-font</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#box">-box</a>
3103 respectively. Options are processed in command line order so be sure to use
3104 these options <var>before</var> the <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> option.</p>
3106 <p>Strings that begin with a number must be quoted (e.g. use '1.png' rather
3109 <p>Drawing primitives conform to the <a href="magick-vector-graphics.html">Magick
3110 Vector Graphics</a> format.</p>
3113 <div style="margin: auto;">
3114 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="duplicate"></a>-duplicate <var>count,indexes</var></h3>
3117 <p class="magick-description">duplicate an image one or more times.</p>
3119 <p>Specify the count and the image to duplicate by its index in the sequence.
3120 The first image is index 0. Negative indexes are relative to the end of the
3121 sequence, for example, -1 represents the last image of the sequence. Specify
3122 a range of images with a dash (e.g. 0-4). Separate indexes with a comma (e.g.
3123 0,2). Use <code>+duplicate</code> to duplicate the last image in the current
3126 <div style="margin: auto;">
3127 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="edge"></a>-edge <var>radius</var></h3>
3130 <p class="magick-description">detect edges within an image.</p>
3132 <div style="margin: auto;">
3133 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="emboss"></a>-emboss <var>radius</var></h3>
3136 <p class="magick-description">emboss an image.</p>
3138 <div style="margin: auto;">
3139 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="encipher"></a>-encipher <var>filename</var></h3>
3142 <p class="magick-description">Encipher pixels for later deciphering by <a href="command-line-options.html#decipher">-decipher</a>.</p>
3144 <p>Get the passphrase from the file specified by <var>filename</var>.</p>
3146 <p>For more information, see the webpage, <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/www/cipher.html">ImageMagick: Encipher or
3147 Decipher an Image</a>.</p>
3151 <div style="margin: auto;">
3152 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="encoding"></a>-encoding <var>type</var></h3>
3155 <p class="magick-description">specify the text encoding.</p>
3160 AdobeCustom AdobeExpert
3161 AdobeStandard AppleRoman
3168 <div style="margin: auto;">
3169 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="endian"></a>-endian <var>type</var></h3>
3172 <p class="magick-description">Specify endianness (<code>MSB</code> or <code>LSB</code>) of the image.</p>
3174 <p>To print a complete list of endian types, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list endian</a> option.</p>
3176 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#endian">+endian</a> to revert to unspecified endianness.</p>
3179 <div style="margin: auto;">
3180 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="enhance"></a>-enhance</h3>
3183 <p class="magick-description">Apply a digital filter to enhance a noisy image.</p>
3186 <div style="margin: auto;">
3187 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="equalize"></a>-equalize</h3>
3190 <p class="magick-description">perform histogram equalization on the image channel-by-channel.</p>
3192 <p>To perform histogram equalization on all channels in concert, transform the
3193 image into some other color space, such as HSL, OHTA, YIQ or YUV, then
3194 equalize the appropriate intensity-like channel, then convert back to RGB.</p>
3196 <p>For example using HSL, we have: ... <code>-colorspace HSL -channel lightness
3197 -equalize -colorspace RGB</code> ...</p>
3199 <p>For YIQ, YUV and OHTA use the red channel. For example, OHTA is a principal
3200 components transformation that puts most of the information in the first
3201 channel. Here we have ... <code>-colorspace OHTA -channel red -equalize
3202 -colorspace RGB</code> ...</p>
3204 <div style="margin: auto;">
3205 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="evaluate"></a>-evaluate <var>operator value</var></h3>
3208 <p class="magick-description">Alter channel pixels by evaluating an arithmetic, relational, or logical expression.</p>
3210 <p>(See the <a href="command-line-options.html#function">-function</a> operator for some
3211 multi-parameter functions. See the <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">-fx</a> operator if more
3212 elaborate calculations are needed.)</p>
3214 <p>The behaviors of each <var>operator</var> are summarized in the
3215 following list. For brevity, the numerical value of a "pixel" referred to
3216 below is the value of the corresponding channel of that pixel, while
3217 a "normalized pixel" is that number divided by the maximum
3218 (installation-dependent) value <var>QuantumRange</var>. (If
3219 normalized pixels are used, they are restored, following the other
3220 calculations, to the full range by multiplying by <var>QuantumRange</var>.)</p>
3222 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
3227 <th><var>operator</var></th>
3228 <th>Summary (see further below for details)</th>
3233 <tr><td>Abs </td> <td>Add <var>value</var> to pixels and return absolute value. </td></tr>
3234 <tr><td>Add </td> <td>Add <var>value</var> to pixels. </td></tr>
3235 <tr><td>AddModulus </td> <td>Add <var>value</var> to pixels modulo <var>QuantumRange</var>.</td></tr>
3236 <tr><td>And </td> <td>Binary AND of pixels with <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3237 <tr><td>Cos, Cosine </td> <td>Apply cosine to pixels with frequency <var>value</var> with 50% bias added.</td></tr>
3238 <tr><td>Divide </td> <td>Divide pixels by <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3239 <tr><td>Exp </td> <td>base-e exponential function</td></tr>
3240 <tr><td>Exponential </td> <td>base-e exponential function</td></tr>
3241 <tr><td>LeftShift </td> <td>Shift the pixel values left by <var>value</var> bits (i.e., multiply pixels by 2<sup><var>value</var></sup>).</td></tr>
3242 <tr><td>Log </td> <td>Apply scaled logarithm to normalized pixels.</td></tr>
3243 <tr><td>Max </td> <td>Clip pixels at lower bound <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3244 <tr><td>Mean </td> <td>Add the <var>value</var> and divide by 2.</td></tr>
3245 <tr><td>Median </td> <td>Choose the median value from an image sequence.</td></tr>
3246 <tr><td>Min </td> <td>Clip pixels at upper bound <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3247 <tr><td>Multiply </td> <td>Multiply pixels by <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3248 <tr><td>Or </td> <td>Binary OR of pixels with <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3249 <tr><td>Pow </td> <td>Raise normalized pixels to the power <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3250 <tr><td>RightShift </td> <td>Shift the pixel values right by <var>value</var> bits (i.e., divide pixels by 2<sup><var>value</var></sup>).</td></tr>
3251 <tr><td>RMS</td> <td>Square the pixel and add the <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3252 <tr><td>RootMeanSquare</td> <td>Square the pixel and add the <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3253 <tr><td>Set </td> <td>Set pixel equal to <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3254 <tr><td>Sin, Sine </td> <td>Apply sine to pixels with frequency <var>value</var> with 50% bias added.</td></tr>
3255 <tr><td>Subtract </td> <td>Subtract <var>value</var> from pixels.</td></tr>
3256 <tr><td>Xor </td> <td>Binary XOR of pixels with <var>value.</var></td></tr>
3258 <tr><td> </td><td> </td></tr>
3260 <tr><td>Gaussian-noise</td><td> </td></tr>
3261 <tr><td>Impulse-noise</td><td> </td></tr>
3262 <tr><td>Laplacian-noise</td><td> </td></tr>
3263 <tr><td>Multiplicative-noise</td> <td>(These are equivalent to the corresponding <a href="command-line-options.html#noise">-noise</a> operators.)</td></tr>
3264 <tr><td>PoissonNoise</td><td> </td></tr>
3265 <tr><td>Uniform-noise</td><td> </td></tr>
3267 <tr><td> </td><td> </td></tr>
3269 <tr><td>Threshold </td> <td>Threshold pixels larger than <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3270 <tr><td>ThresholdBlack </td> <td>Threshold pixels to zero values equal to or below <var>value</var>.</td></tr>
3271 <tr><td>ThresholdWhite </td> <td>Threshold pixels to maximum values above <var>value</var>. </td></tr>
3275 <p>The specified functions are applied only to each previously set <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> in the image. If necessary, the results of the
3276 calculations are truncated (clipped) to fit in the interval [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>]. The transparency channel of the image is
3277 represented as a 'alpha' values (0 = fully transparent), so, for example, a
3278 <code>Divide</code> by 2 of the alpha channel will make the image
3279 semi-transparent. Append the percent symbol '<code>%</code>' to specify a value
3280 as a percentage of the <var>QuantumRange</var>.</p>
3282 <p>To print a complete list of <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operators, use
3283 <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list evaluate</a>.</p>
3285 <p>The results of the <code>Add</code>, <code>Subtract</code> and
3286 <code>Multiply</code> methods can also be achieved using either the <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> or the <a href="command-line-options.html#level">+level</a> operator, with
3287 appropriate argument, to linearly modify the overall range of color values.
3288 Please note, however, that <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> treats transparency as
3289 'matte' values (0 = opaque), while <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-evaluate</a> works with
3292 <p><code>AddModulus</code> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.8-4 and provides
3293 addition modulo the <var>QuantumRange</var>. It is therefore
3294 equivalent to <code>Add</code> unless the resulting pixel value is outside the
3295 interval [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>]. </p>
3297 <p><code>Exp or Exponential</code> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.6.5-1 and
3298 works on normalized pixel values. The <var>value</var> used with
3299 <code>Exp</code> should be negative so as to produce a decaying exponential
3300 function. Non-negative values will always produce results larger unity and
3301 thus outside the interval [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>]. The
3302 formula is expressed below. </p>
3304 <p class="text-center">
3305 exp(<var>value</var> × <b><var>u</var></b>)
3308 <p> If the input image is squared, for example, using <a href="command-line-options.html#-function">-function polynomial "2 0 0"</a>, then a decaying Gaussian function will be
3311 <p><code>Log</code> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.2-1 and works on
3312 normalized pixel values. This a <var>scaled</var> log function. The <var>value</var> used with <code>Log</code> provides a <var>scaling
3313 factor</var> that adjusts the curvature in the graph of the log function. The
3314 formula applied to a normalized value <b><var>u</var></b> is below. </p>
3316 <p class="text-center">
3317 log(<var>value</var> × <b><var>u</var></b> + 1) / log(<var>value</var> + 1)
3320 <p><code>Pow</code> has been added as of ImageMagick 6.4.1-9, and works on
3321 normalized pixel values. Note that <code>Pow</code> is related to the <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">-gamma</a> operator. For example, <b>-gamma 2</b> is equivalent
3322 to <b>-evaluate pow 0.5</b>, i.e., a 'square root' function. The value used
3323 with <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">-gamma</a> is simply the reciprocal of the value used
3324 with <code>Pow</code>.</p>
3326 <p><code>Cosine</code> and <code>Sine</code> was added as of IM v6.4.8-8 and
3327 converts the image values into a value according to a (co)sine wave function.
3328 The synonyms <code>Cos</code> and <code>Sin</code> may also be used. The output
3329 is biased 50% and normalized by 50% so as to fit in the respective color value
3330 range. The <var>value</var> scaling of the <var>period</var> of the
3331 function (its frequency), and thus determines the number of 'waves' that will
3332 be generated over the input color range. For example, if the <var>value</var> is 1, the effective period is simply the <var>QuantumRange</var>; but if the <var>value</var> is 2,
3333 then the effective period is the <var>half</var> the <var>QuantumRange</var>.</p>
3335 <p class="text-center">
3336 0.5 + 0.5 × cos(2 π <b><var>u</var></b> × <var>value</var>).
3339 <p>See also the <a href="command-line-options.html#function">-function</a> operator, which is a
3340 multi-value version of evaluate. </p>
3342 <div style="margin: auto;">
3343 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="evaluate-sequence"></a>-evaluate-sequence <var>operator</var></h3>
3346 <p class="magick-description">Alter channel pixels by evaluating an arithmetic, relational, or
3347 logical expression over a sequence of images.</p>
3349 <p>To print a complete list of <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate-sequence">-evaluate-sequence</a> operators, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list evaluate</a>.</p>
3351 <div style="margin: auto;">
3352 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="extent"></a>-extent <var>geometry</var></h3>
3355 <p class="magick-description">Set the image size and offset.</p>
3357 <p>If the image is enlarged, unfilled areas are set to the background color.
3358 To position the image, use offsets in the <var>geometry</var>
3359 specification or precede with a <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting. To
3360 specify how to compose the image with the background, use <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a>.</p>
3362 <p>This command reduces or expands a JPEG image to fit on an 800x600
3363 display. If the aspect ratio of the input image isn't exactly 4:3, then the
3364 image is centered on an 800x600 black canvas: </p>
3367 convert input.jpg -resize 800x600 -background black -compose Copy \
3368 -gravity center -extent 800x600 -quality 92 output.jpg
3371 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
3373 <div style="margin: auto;">
3374 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="extract"></a>-extract <var>geometry</var></h3>
3377 <p class="magick-description">Extract the specified area from image.</p>
3379 <p>This option is most useful for extracting a subregion of a very large raw
3380 image. Note that these two commands are equivalent:</p>
3383 convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -extract 640x480+1280+960 \
3384 image.rgb image.png",
3385 convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 'image.rgb[640x480+1280+960]' \
3386 image.rgb image.png"
3389 <p>If you omit the offsets, as in</p>
3392 convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -extract 640x480 \
3396 <p>the image is <var>resized</var> to the specified dimensions instead,
3400 convert -size 16000x16000 -depth 8 -resize 640x480 image.rgb image.png
3403 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
3405 <div style="margin: auto;">
3406 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="family"></a>-family <var>fontFamily</var></h3>
3409 <p class="magick-description">Set a font family for text.</p>
3411 <p>This setting suggests a font family that ImageMagick should try to use for
3412 rendering text. If the family can be found it is used; if not, a default font
3413 (e.g., "Arial") or a family known to be similar is substituted (e.g.,
3414 "Courier" might be used if "System" is requested but not found). </p>
3416 <p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="command-line-options.html#font">-font</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#stretch">-stretch</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#style">-style</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
3418 <div style="margin: auto;">
3419 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="features"></a>-features <var>distance</var></h3>
3422 <p class="magick-description">display (cooccurrence matrix) texture measure features for each channel in the image in each of four directions (horizontal, vertical, left and right diagonals) for the specified distance.</p>
3425 Angular Second Moment Sum Entropy
3427 Correlation Difference Variance
3428 Sum of Squares Variance Difference Entropy
3429 Inverse Difference Moment Information Measure of Correlation 1
3430 Sum Average Information Measure of Correlation 2
3431 Sum Variance Maximum Correlation Coefficient
3434 <div style="margin: auto;">
3435 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="fft"></a>-fft</h3>
3438 <p class="magick-description">implements the forward discrete Fourier transform (DFT).</p>
3440 <p>This option is new as of ImageMagick 6.5.4-3 (and now working for Windows
3441 users in ImageMagick 6.6.0-9). It transforms an image from the normal
3442 (spatial) domain to the frequency domain. In the frequency domain, an image is
3443 represented as a superposition of complex sinusoidal waves of varying
3444 amplitudes. The image x and y coordinates are the possible frequencies along
3445 the x and y directions, respectively, and the pixel intensity values are
3446 complex numbers that correspond to the sinusoidal wave amplitudes. See for
3447 example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourier_transform">Fourier
3448 Transform</a>, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DFT">Discrete Fourier
3449 Transform</a> and <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FFT">Fast Fourier
3452 <p>A single image name is provided as output for this option. However, the
3453 output result will have two components. It is either a two-frame image or two
3454 separate images, depending upon whether the image format specified supports
3455 multi-frame images. The reason that we get a dual output result is because the
3456 frequency domain represents an image using complex numbers, which cannot be
3457 visualized directly. Therefore, the complex values are automagically separated
3458 into a two-component image representation. The first component is the
3459 magnitude of the complex number and the second is the phase of the complex
3460 number. See for example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complex_numbers">Complex Numbers</a>.</p>
3462 <p>The magnitude and phase component images must be specified using image
3463 formats that do not limit the color or compress the image. Thus, MIFF, TIF,
3464 PFM, EXR and PNG are the recommended image formats to use. All of these
3465 formats, except PNG support multi-frame images. So for example,</p>
3468 convert image.png -fft fft_image.miff
3471 <p>generates a magnitude image as <code>fft_image.miff[0]</code> and a phase
3472 image as <code>fft_image.miff[1]</code>. Similarly,</p>
3475 convert image.png -fft fft_image.png
3478 <p>generates a magnitude image as <code>fft_image-0.png</code> and a phase image
3479 as <code>fft_image-1.png</code>. If you prefer this representation, then you can
3480 force any of the other formats to produce two output images by including <a href="command-line-options.html#adjoin">+adjoin</a> following -fft in the command line.</p>
3482 <p>The input image can be any size, but if not square and even-dimensioned, it
3483 is padded automagically to the larger of the width or height of the input
3484 image and to an even number of pixels. The padding will occur at the bottom
3485 and/or right sides of the input image. The resulting output magnitude and
3486 phase images is square at this size. The kind of padding relies on the <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting.</p>
3488 <p>Both output components will have dynamic ranges that fit within
3489 [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>], so that HDRI need not be enabled.
3490 Phase values nominally range from 0 to 2*π, but is scaled to span the full
3491 dynamic range. (The first few releases had non-HDRI scaled but HDRI not
3492 scaled). The magnitude image is not scaled and thus generally will contain
3493 very small values. As such, the image normally will appear totally black. In
3494 order to view any detail, the magnitude image typically is enhanced with a log
3495 function into what is usually called the spectrum. A log function is used to
3496 enhance the darker values more in comparison to the lighter values. This can
3497 be done, for example, as follows:</p>
3500 convert fft_image.miff[0] -contrast-stretch 0 \
3501 -evaluate log 1000 fft_image_spectrum.png"
3504 <p>where either <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a> 0 or <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> is used to scale the image to full dynamic
3505 range, first. The argument to the <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> log
3506 typically is specified between 100 and 10,000, depending upon the amount of
3507 detail that one wants to bring out in the spectrum. Larger values produce more
3508 visible detail. Too much detail, however, may hide the important features.</p>
3510 <p>The <a href="http://www.fftw.org/">FFTW</a> delegate library is required to
3511 use <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">-fft</a>.</p>
3513 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">+fft</a> to produce two output images that are the real
3514 and imaginary components of the complex valued Fourier transform.</p>
3516 <p>However, as the real and imaginary components can contain negative values,
3517 this requires that IM be configured with HDRI enabled. In this case, you must
3518 use either MIFF, TIF, PFM or MPC formats for the real and imaginary component
3519 results, since they are formats that preserve both negative and fractional
3520 values without clipping them or truncating the fractional part. With either
3521 MIFF or TIF, one should add -define quantum:format=32, to allow those image
3522 types to work properly in HDRI mode without clipping.</p>
3524 <p>The real and imaginary component images resulting from <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">+fft</a> are also square, even dimensioned images due to the same
3525 padding that was discussed above for the magnitude and phase component
3528 <p>See the discussion on HDRI implementations of ImageMagick on the page <a href="high-dynamic-range.html">High Dynamic-Range Images</a>. For more
3529 about HDRI go the ImageMagick <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/basics/#hdri">Usage</a> pages, <a href="http://www.fmwconcepts.com/imagemagick/fourier_transforms/fourier.html">Fred's Fourier Processing With ImageMagick page</a> or this <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging">Wikipedia</a>
3532 <p>By default the FFT is normalized (and the IFT is not). Use "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> fourier:normalize=forward</code> to explicityly normalize the FFT and unnormalize the IFT.</p>
3535 <div style="margin: auto;">
3536 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="fill"></a>-fill <var>color</var></h3>
3539 <p class="magick-description">color to use when filling a graphic primitive.</p>
3541 <p>This option accepts a color name, a hex color, or a numerical RGB, RGBA,
3542 HSL, HSLA, CMYK, or CMYKA specification. See <a href="color.html">Color Names</a> for
3543 a description of how to properly specify the color argument.</p>
3545 <p>Enclose the color specification in quotation marks to prevent the "#" or
3546 the parentheses from being interpreted by your shell.</p>
3553 -fill "rgb(255,255,255)"
3556 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
3558 <p>To print a complete list of color names, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list color</a> option.</p>
3560 <div style="margin: auto;">
3561 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="filter"></a>-filter <var>type</var></h3>
3564 <p class="magick-description">Use this <var>type</var> of filter when resizing or distorting an image.</p>
3566 <p>Use this option to affect the resizing operation of an image during
3567 operations such as <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a>. For example you can use a simple resize filter such as:</p>
3572 Triangle Quadratic Mitchell
3575 <p>The <code>Bessel</code> and <code>Sinc</code> filter is also provided (as well
3576 as a faster <code>SincFast</code> equivalent form). However these filters are
3577 generally useless on their own as they are infinite filters that are being
3578 clipped to the filters support size. Their direct use is not recommended
3579 except via expert settings (see below). </p>
3581 <p>Instead these special filter functions are typically windowed by a windowing
3582 function that the <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting defines. That is
3583 using these functions will define a 'Windowed' filter, appropriate to the
3584 operator involved. Windowed filters include: </p>
3587 Lanczos Hamming Parzen
3588 Blackman Kaiser Welsh
3589 Hanning Bartlett Bohman
3592 <p>Also one special self-windowing filter is also provided
3593 <code>Lagrange</code>, which will automagically re-adjust its function depending
3594 on the current 'support' or 'lobes' expert settings (see below).</p>
3596 <p>If you do not select a filter with this option, the filter defaults to
3597 <code>Mitchell</code> for a colormapped image, an image with a matte channel, or
3598 if the image is enlarged. Otherwise the filter default to
3599 <code>Lanczos</code>.</p>
3601 <p>To print a complete list of resize filters, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
3602 filter</a> option.</p>
3604 <p>You can modify how the filter behaves as it scales your image through the
3605 use of these expert settings (see also <a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a>):-</p>
3607 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
3609 <td>-define filter:blur=<var>factor</var></td>
3610 <td>Scale the X axis of the filter (and its window). Use > 1.0 for
3611 blurry or < 1.0 for sharp. This should only be used with Gaussian and
3612 Gaussian-like filters simple filters, or you may not get the expected
3617 <td>-define filter:support=<var>radius</var></td>
3618 <td>Set the filter support radius. Defines how large the filter should be and
3619 thus directly defines how slow the filtered resampling process is. All
3620 filters have a default 'prefered' support size. Some filters like
3621 <code>Lagrange</code> and windowed filters adjust themselves depending on
3622 this value. With simple filters this value either does nothing (but slow
3623 the resampling), or will clip the filter function in a detrimental way.
3628 <td>-define filter:lobes=<var>count</var></td>
3629 <td>Set the number of lobes to use for the Sinc/Bessel filter. This an
3630 alternative way of specifying the 'support' range of the filter, that is
3631 designed to be more suited to windowed filters, especially when used for
3632 image distorts.</td>
3636 <td>-define filter:sigma=<var>value</var></td>
3637 <td>The 'sigma' value used to define the <code>Gaussian</code> filter. Default
3638 sigma value is '<code>0.5</code>'. It only effects <code>Gaussian</code> but
3639 does not shrink (but may enlarge) the filter's 'support'. It can be used
3640 to generate very small blurs but without the filter 'missing' pixels due
3641 to using a small support setting. A larger value of '<code>0.707</code>'
3642 (a value of '1/sqrt(2)') is another common setting. </td>
3646 <td>-define filter:b=<var>b-spline_factor</var></td>
3648 <td>-define filter:c=<var>keys_alpha_factor</var></td>
3649 <td>Redefine the values used for cubic filters such as <code>Cubic</code>,
3650 <code>Catrom</code>, <code>Mitchel</code>, and <code>Hermite</code>, as well as
3651 the <code>Parzen</code> cubic windowing function. If only one of the values
3652 are defined, the other is set so as to generate a 'Cubic-Keys' filter.
3653 The values meaning was defined by a research paper by
3654 Mitchell-Netravali.</td>
3658 <td>-define filter:kaiser-beta=<var>value</var></td>
3659 <td>The 'alpha' value used to as part of the Kaiser Windowing function.
3660 Default value is '6.5'. It only effects Kaiser windowing function, and
3661 does not effect any other attributes.
3662 Before ImageMagick v6.7.6-10, this option was known as "filter:alpha", (an
3663 inheritance from the very old "zoom" program). It was changed to bring the
3664 function in line with more modern academic research usage, and better
3665 assign it be more definitive. </td>
3669 <td>-define filter:kaiser-alpha=<var>value</var></td>
3670 <td>This value when multiplied by 'PI' is equivalent to "kaiser-beta", and
3671 will override that setting. It only effects Kaiser windowing function,
3672 and does not effect any other attributes. </td>
3676 <td>-define filter:filter=<var>filter_function</var></td>
3677 <td>Use this function directly as the weighting filter. This will allow
3678 you to directly use a windowing function such as <code>Blackman</code>,
3679 as a resampling filter, rather than as its normal usage as a windowing
3680 function. If defined, no windowing function also defined, the window function is set
3681 to <code>Box</code>). Directly specifying <code>Sinc</code> or <code>Jinc</code>
3682 as a filter will also do this. </td>
3686 <td>-define filter:window=<var>filter_function</var></td>
3687 <td>The IIR (infinite impulse response) filters <code>Sinc</code> and
3688 <code>Jinc</code> are windowed (brought down to zero over the defined
3689 support range) with the given filter. This allows you to specify a filter
3690 function to be used as a windowing function for these IIR filters.
3691 Many of the defined filters are actually windowing functions for these IIR
3692 filters. A typical choices is <code>Box</code>, (which effectively turns
3693 off the windowing function). </td>
3697 <td>-define filter:win-support=<var>radius</var></td>
3698 <td>Scale windowing function to this size instead. This causes the windowing
3699 (or self-windowing Lagrange filter) to act is if the support window is
3700 larger than what is actually supplied to the calling operator. The filter
3701 however is still clipped to the real support size given. If unset this
3702 will equal the normal filter support size. </td>
3706 <td>-define filter:verbose=<var>1</var></td>
3707 <td>This causes IM to print information on the final internal filter
3708 selection to standard output. This includes a commented header on the
3709 filter settings being used, and data allowing the filter weights to be
3710 easily graphed. Note however that some filters are internally defined in terms of other filters. The <code>Lanczos</code> filter for example is defined in terms of
3711 a <code>SincFast</code> windowed <code>SincFast</code> filter, while
3712 <code>Mitchell</code> is defined as a general <code>Cubic</code> family filter
3713 with specific 'B' and 'C' settings. </td>
3718 <p>For example, to get a 8 lobe jinc windowed sinc filter (Genseng filter?):</p>
3723 -set filter:window=jinc \
3724 -set filter:lobes=8 \
3725 -resize 150% image.jpg"
3728 <p>Or a raw un-windowed Sinc filter with 4 lobes:</p>
3732 -set filter:filter=sinc \
3733 -set filter:lobes=4 \
3734 -resize 150% image.jpg"
3737 <p>To extract the data for a raw windowing function, combine it with
3738 a '<code>Box</code>' filter. For example the '<code>Welch</code> parabolic
3739 windowing function. </p>
3742 convert null: -define filter:filter=Box \
3743 -define filter:window=Welch \
3744 -define filter:support=1.0 \
3745 -define filter:verbose=1 \
3746 -resize 2 null: > window_welch.dat
3749 plot \"window_welch.dat\" with lines
3752 <p>Note that the use of expert options is provided for image processing experts
3753 who have studied and understand how resize filters work. Without this
3754 knowledge, and an understanding of the definition of the actual filters
3755 involved, using expert settings are more likely to be detrimental to your image
3759 <div style="margin: auto;">
3760 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="flatten"></a>-flatten</h3>
3763 <p class="magick-description">This is a simple alias for the <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a> method "flatten".</p>
3766 <div style="margin: auto;">
3767 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="flip"></a>-flip</h3>
3770 <p class="magick-description">create a <var>mirror image</var></p>
3772 <p>reflect the scanlines in the vertical direction. The image will be mirrored
3776 <div style="margin: auto;">
3777 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="floodfill"></a>-floodfill {<var>+-</var>}<var>x</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>y</var> <var>color</var></h3>
3780 <p class="magick-description">floodfill the image with color at the specified offset.</p>
3782 <p>Flood fill starts from the given 'seed point' which is not gravity effected.
3783 Any color that matches within <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> color distance of the
3784 given <var>color</var> argument, connected to that 'seed point'
3785 will be replaced with the current <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> color. </p>
3787 <p>Note that if the pixel at the 'seed point' does not itself match the given
3788 <var>color</var> (according to <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a>), then no
3789 action will be taken. </p>
3791 <p>This operator works more like the <a href="command-line-options.html#opaque">-opaque</a> option, than
3792 a more general flood fill that reads the matching color directly at the 'seed
3793 point'. For this form of flood fill, look at <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> and
3794 its 'color floodfill' drawing method. </p>
3797 <div style="margin: auto;">
3798 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="flop"></a>-flop</h3>
3801 <p class="magick-description">create a <var>mirror image</var>.</p>
3803 <p>Reflect the scanlines in the horizontal direction, just like the image in
3804 a vertical mirror. </p>
3807 <div style="margin: auto;">
3808 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="font"></a>-font <var>name</var></h3>
3811 <p class="magick-description">set the font to use when annotating images with text, or creating labels.</p>
3813 <p>To print a complete list of fonts, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list font</a>
3814 option (for versions prior to 6.3.6, use 'type' instead of 'font').</p>
3816 <p>In addition to the fonts specified by the above pre-defined list, you can
3817 also specify a font from a specific source. For example <code>Arial.ttf</code>
3818 is a TrueType font file, <code>ps:helvetica</code> is PostScript font, and
3819 <code>x:fixed</code> is X11 font.</p>
3821 <p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="command-line-options.html#family">-family</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#stretch">-stretch</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#style">-style</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
3824 <div style="margin: auto;">
3825 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="foreground"></a>-foreground <var>color</var></h3>
3828 <p class="magick-description">Define the foreground color for menus.", "display</p>
3830 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
3832 <p>The default foreground color is black.</p>
3834 <div style="margin: auto;">
3835 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="format"></a>-format <var>type</var></h3>
3838 <p class="magick-description">the image format type.</p>
3840 <p>When used with the <code>mogrify</code> utility, this option converts any
3841 image to the image <a href="formats.html">format</a> you specify.
3842 For a list of image format types supported by ImageMagick, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list format</a>.</p>
3844 <p>By default the file is written to its original name. However, if the
3845 filename extension matches a supported format, the extension is replaced with
3846 the image format type specified with <a href="command-line-options.html#format">-format</a>. For
3847 example, if you specify <var>tiff</var> as the format type and the
3848 input image filename is <var>image.gif</var>, the output image
3849 filename becomes <var>image.tiff</var>.</p>
3851 <div style="margin: auto;">
3852 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="format_identify_"></a>-format <var>string</var></h3>
3855 <p class="magick-description">output formatted image characteristics.</p>
3857 <p>See <a href="escape.html">Format and Print Image
3858 Properties</a> for an explanation on how to specify the argument to this
3861 <div style="margin: auto;">
3862 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="frame"></a>-frame <var>geometry</var></h3>
3865 <p class="magick-description">Surround the image with a border or beveled frame.</p>
3867 <p>The color of the border is specified with the <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a> command line option. </p>
3869 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. The <var>size</var> portion of the <var>geometry</var> argument indicates the amount of extra width and
3870 height that is added to the dimensions of the image. If no offsets are given
3871 in the <var>geometry</var> argument, then the border added is
3872 a solid color. Offsets <var>x</var> and <var>y</var>, if present, specify that
3873 the width and height of the border is partitioned to form an outer bevel of
3874 thickness <var>x</var> pixels and an inner bevel of thickness
3875 <var>y</var> pixels. Negative offsets make no sense as frame arguments.
3878 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">-frame</a> option is affected by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> setting and assumes that this is using the default
3879 '<code>Over</code>' composition method. It generates an image of the appropriate
3880 size with the current <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> setting, and then
3881 draws the frame of four distinct colors close to the current <a href="command-line-options.html#mattecolor">-mattecolor</a>. The original image is then overlaid onto
3882 center of this image. This means that with the default compose method of
3883 '<code>Over</code>' any transparent parts may be replaced by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#bordercolor">-bordercolor</a> setting.</p>
3885 <p>The image composition is not
3886 affected by the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option.</p>
3889 <div style="margin: auto;">
3890 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="frame_import_"></a>-frame</h3>
3893 <p class="magick-description">include the X window frame in the imported image. </p>
3894 <div style="margin: auto;">
3895 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="function"></a>-function <var>function</var> <var>parameters</var></h3>
3898 <p class="magick-description">Apply a function to channel values.</p>
3900 <p>This operator performs calculations based on the given arguments to modify
3901 each of the color values for each previously set <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> in the image. See <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> for details concerning how the results of the
3902 calculations are handled.</p>
3904 <p>This is can be considered a multi-argument version of the <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator. (Added in
3905 ImageMagick 6.4.8−8.)</p>
3907 <p>Here, <var>parameters</var> is a comma-separated list of
3908 numerical values. The number of values varies depending on which <var>function</var> is selected. Choose the <var>function</var> from:</p>
3917 <p>To print a complete list of <a href="command-line-options.html#function">-function</a> operators,
3918 use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list function</a>. Descriptions follow.</p>
3920 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
3922 <dd><p>The <code>Polynomial</code> function takes an arbitrary number of parameters,
3923 these being the coefficients of a polynomial, in decreasing order of degree.
3924 That is, entering</p>
3927 -function Polynomial <var>a</var><sub><var>n</var></sub>,<var>a</var><sub><var>n</var>-1</sub>,...<var>a</var><sub>1</sub>,<var>a</var><sub>0</sub>
3930 <p>will invoke a polynomial function given by</p>
3933 <var>a</var><sub><var>n</var></sub> <b><var>u</var></b><sup><var>n</var></sup> + <var>a</var><sub><var>n</var>-1</sub> <b><var>u</var></b><sup><var>n</var>-1</sup> + ··· <var>a</var><sub>1</sub> <b><var>u</var></b> + <var>a</var><sub>0</sub>,
3936 <p>where <b><var>u</var></b> is pixel's original normalized channel value.</p>
3938 <p>The <code>Polynomial</code> function can be used in place of <code>Set</code>
3939 (the <var>constant</var> polynomial) and <code>Add</code>, <code>Divide</code>,
3940 <code>Multiply</code>, and <code>Subtract</code> (some <var>linear</var>
3941 polynomials) of the <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator. The <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> operator also affects channels linearly. Some
3942 correspondences follow.</p>
3944 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
3946 <td>-evaluate Set <var>value</var> </td>
3947 <td>-function Polynomial <var>value</var></td>
3948 <td>(Constant functions; set <var>value</var>×100% gray when channels are RGB.)</td>
3951 <td>-evaluate Add <var>value</var> </td>
3952 <td>-function Polynomial 1,<var>value</var></td>
3955 <td>-evaluate Subtract <var>value</var> </td>
3956 <td>-function Polynomial 1,−<var>value</var></td>
3959 <td>-evaluate Multiply <var>value</var> </td>
3960 <td>-function Polynomial <var>value</var>,0</td>
3963 <td>+level black% x white%</td>
3964 <td>-function Polynomial A,B</td>
3965 <td>(Reduce contrast. Here, A=(white-black)/100 and B=black/100.)</td>
3969 <p>The <code>Polynomial</code> function gives great versatility, since
3970 polynomials can be used to fit any continuous curve to any degree of accuracy
3976 <p>The <code>Sinusoid</code> function can be used to vary the channel values
3977 sinusoidally by setting frequency, phase shift, amplitude, and a bias. These
3978 values are given as one to four parameters, as follows,</p>
3981 -function <code>Sinusoid</code> <var>freq</var>,[<var>phase</var>,[<var>amp</var>,[<var>bias</var>]]]
3984 <p>where <var>phase</var> is in degrees. (The domain [0,1] of the function
3985 corresponds to 0 through <var>freq</var>×360 degrees.)
3986 The result is that if a pixel's normalized channel value is originally
3987 <b><var>u</var></b>, its resulting normalized value is given by </p>
3990 <var>amp</var> * sin(2*π* (<var>freq</var> * <b><var>u</var></b> + <var>phase</var> / 360)) + <var>bias</var>
3993 <p> For example, the following generates a curve that starts and ends at 0.9
3994 (when <b><var>u</var></b>=0 and 1, resp.), oscillating three times between
3995 .7−.2=.5 and .7+.2=.9. </p>
3998 -function Sinusoid 3,-90,.2,.7
4001 <p>The default values of <var>amp</var> and <var>bias</var> are both .5. The default for <var>phase</var>
4004 <p>The <code>Sinusoid</code> function generalizes <code>Sin</code> and
4005 <code>Cos</code> of the <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> operator by allowing
4006 varying amplitude, phase and bias. The correspondence is as follows.</p>
4008 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
4010 <td>-evaluate Sin <var>freq</var> </td>
4011 <td>-function Sinusoid <var>freq</var>,0 </td>
4014 <td>-evaluate Cos <var>freq</var> </td>
4015 <td>-function Sinusoid <var>freq</var>,90 </td>
4021 <p>The <code>ArcSin</code> function generates the inverse curve of a Sinusoid,
4022 and can be used to generate cylindrical distortion and displacement maps.
4023 The curve can be adjusted relative to both the input values and output range
4027 -function <code>ArcSin</code> <var>width</var>,[<var>center</var>,[<var>range</var>,[<var>bias</var>]]]
4030 <p>with all values given in terms of normalized color values (0.0 for black,
4031 1.0 for white). Defaulting to values covering the full range from 0.0 to 1.0
4032 for bout input (<var>width</var>), and output (<var>width</var>) values. '<code>1.0,0.5,1.0,0.5</code>' </p>
4035 <var>range</var>/π * asin( 2/<var>width</var> * ( <b><var>u</var></b> - <var>center</var> ) ) + <var>bias</var>
4041 <p>The <code>ArcTan</code> function generates a curve that smooth crosses from
4042 limit values at infinities, though a center using the given slope value.
4043 All these values can be adjusted via the arguments.</p>
4046 -function <code>ArcTan</code> <var>slope</var>,[<var>center</var>,[<var>range</var>,[<var>bias</var>]]]
4049 <p>Defaulting to '<code>1.0,0.5,1.0,0.5</code>'.
4053 <var>range</var>/π * atan( <var>slope</var>*π * ( <b><var>u</var></b> - <var>center</var> ) ) + <var>bias</var>
4061 <div style="margin: auto;">
4062 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="fuzz"></a>-fuzz <var>distance</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
4065 <p class="magick-description">Colors within this <var>distance</var> are considered equal.</p>
4067 <p>A number of algorithms search for a target color. By default the color must
4068 be exact. Use this option to match colors that are close to the target color
4069 in RGB space. For example, if you want to automagically trim the edges of an
4070 image with <a href="command-line-options.html#trim">-trim</a> but the image was scanned and the target
4071 background color may differ by a small amount. This option can account for
4072 these differences.</p>
4074 <p>The <var>distance</var> can be in absolute intensity units or, by
4075 appending <code>%</code> as a percentage of the maximum possible intensity (255,
4076 65535, or 4294967295).</p>
4078 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">+fuzz</a> to reset the fuzz value to 0.</p>
4081 <div style="margin: auto;">
4082 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="fx"></a>-fx <var>expression</var></h3>
4085 <p class="magick-description">apply a mathematical expression to an image or image channels.</p>
4087 <p>If the first character of <var>expression</var> is <code>@</code>,
4088 the expression is read from a file titled by the remaining characters in the
4091 <p>See <a href="fx.html">FX,
4092 The Special Effects Image Operator</a> for a detailed discussion of this
4096 <div style="margin: auto;">
4097 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="gamma"></a>-gamma <var>value</var></h3>
4100 <p class="magick-description">level of gamma correction.</p>
4102 <p>The same color image displayed on two different workstations may look
4103 different due to differences in the display monitor. Use gamma correction to
4104 adjust for this color difference. Reasonable values extend from
4105 <code>0.8</code> to <code>2.3</code>. Gamma less than 1.0 darkens the image and
4106 gamma greater than 1.0 lightens it. Large adjustments to image gamma may
4107 result in the loss of some image information if the pixel quantum size is only
4108 eight bits (quantum range 0 to 255).</p>
4110 <p>Gamma adjusts the image's channel values pixel-by-pixel according to
4111 a power law, namely, pow(pixel,1/gamma) or pixel^(1/gamma), where pixel is the
4112 normalized or 0 to 1 color value. For example, using a value of gamma=2 is the
4113 same as taking the square root of the image.</p>
4115 <p>You can apply separate gamma values to the red, green, and blue channels of
4116 the image with a gamma value list delimited with commas (e.g.,
4117 <code>1.7,2.3,1.2</code>).</p>
4119 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">+gamma <var>value</var></a> to set the
4120 image gamma level without actually adjusting the image pixels. This option
4121 is useful if the image is of a known gamma but not set as an image attribute
4122 (e.g. PNG images). Write the "file gamma" which is the reciprocal of the
4123 display gamma; e.g., if your image is sRGB and you want to write a PNG gAMA
4127 convert input.png +gamma .45455 output.png
4130 <p>(0.45455 is 1/2.2)</p>
4132 <p>Note that gamma adjustments are also available via the <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> operator.</p>
4134 <div style="margin: auto;">
4135 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="gaussian-blur"></a>-gaussian-blur <var>radius</var><br>-gaussian-blur <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var></h3>
4138 <p class="magick-description">Blur the image with a Gaussian operator.</p>
4140 <p>Convolve the image with a Gaussian or normal distribution using the given
4141 <var>Sigma</var> value. The formula is:</p>
4143 <p class="text-center"><img class="img-thumbnail" alt="gaussian distribution" width="243px" height="42px" src="../images/gaussian-blur.png"> </p>
4145 <p>The <var>Sigma</var> value is the important argument, and
4146 determines the actual amount of blurring that will take place. </p>
4148 <p>The <var>Radius</var> is only used to determine the size of the
4149 array which will hold the calculated Gaussian distribution. It should be an
4150 integer. If not given, or set to zero, IM will calculate the largest possible
4151 radius that will provide meaningful results for the Gaussian distribution.
4154 <p>The larger the <var>Radius</var> the radius the slower the
4155 operation is. However too small a <var>Radius</var>, and sever
4156 aliasing effects may result. As a guideline, <var>Radius</var>
4157 should be at least twice the <var>Sigma</var> value, though three
4158 times will produce a more accurate result. </p>
4160 <p>This differs from the faster <a href="command-line-options.html#blur">-blur</a> operator in that a
4161 full 2-dimensional convolution is used to generate the weighted average of the
4162 neighboring pixels. </p>
4164 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
4165 pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
4169 <div style="margin: auto;">
4170 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="geometry"></a>-geometry <var>geometry</var></h3>
4173 <p class="magick-description">Set the preferred size and location of the image.</p>
4175 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4177 <div style="margin: auto;">
4178 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="gravity"></a>-gravity <var>type</var></h3>
4181 <p class="magick-description">Sets the current gravity suggestion for various other settings and options.</p>
4183 <p>Choices include: <code>NorthWest</code>, <code>North</code>,
4184 <code>NorthEast</code>, <code>West</code>, <code>Center</code>, <code>East</code>,
4185 <code>SouthWest</code>, <code>South</code>, <code>SouthEast</code>. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list gravity</a> to get a complete list of <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> settings available in your ImageMagick
4188 <p>The direction you choose specifies where to position text or subimages. For
4189 example, a gravity of <code>Center</code> forces the text to be centered within
4190 the image. By default, the image gravity is <code>NorthWest</code>. See <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> for more details about graphic primitives. Only the
4191 text primitive of <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> is affected by the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option.</p>
4193 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option is also used in concert with the
4194 <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a> setting and other settings or options that
4195 take <var>geometry</var> as an argument, such as the <a href="command-line-options.html#crop">-crop</a> option. </p>
4197 <p>If a <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting occurs before another option
4198 or setting having a <var>geometry</var> argument that specifies an
4199 offset, the offset is usually applied to the point within the image suggested
4200 by the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> argument. Thus, in the following
4201 command, for example, suppose the file <code>image.png</code> has dimensions
4202 200x100. The offset specified by the argument to <a href="command-line-options.html#region">-region</a>
4203 is (−40,+20). The argument to <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> is
4204 <code>Center</code>, which suggests the midpoint of the image, at the point
4205 (100,50). The offset (−40,20) is applied to that point, giving
4206 (100−40,50+20)=(60,70), so the specified 10x10 region is located at
4207 that point. (In addition, the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> affects the
4208 region itself, which is <var>centered</var> at the pixel
4209 coordinate (60,70). (See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.)</p>
4212 convert image.png -gravity Center -region 10x10-40+20 \
4216 <p>When used as an option to <a href="composite.html">composite</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> gives the direction that the image gravitates
4217 within the composite.</p>
4219 <p>When used as an option to <a href="montage.html">montage</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> gives the direction that an image gravitates
4220 within a tile. The default gravity is <code>Center</code> for this purpose.</p>
4223 <div style="margin: auto;">
4224 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="grayscale"></a>-grayscale <var>method</var></h3>
4227 <p class="magick-description">convert image to grayscale.</p>
4229 <p>This will use one of the <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">-intensity</a> methods to
4230 convert the given image into a linear-grayscale image. </p>
4232 <p>For example, to convert an image to (linear) Rec709Luminance grayscale, type:</p>
4235 convert in.png -grayscale Rec709Luminance out.png
4238 <p>which is equivalent to:</p>
4241 convert in.png -colorspace gray out.png
4244 <p>Similarly, to convert an image to (non-linear) Rec709Luma grayscale, type:</p>
4247 convert in.png -grayscale Rec709Luma out.png
4250 <p>which is equivalent to:</p>
4253 convert in.png -set colorspace RGB -colorspace gray out.png
4256 <p>Note that a 'colorspace' intensity method will produce the same result
4257 regardless of the current colorpsace of the image. But a 'mathematical'
4258 intensity method will depend on the current colorspace the image is currently
4261 <p>While this operation uses an <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">-intensity</a> method,
4262 it does not use or set the <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">-intensity</a> setting, so
4263 will not effect other operations that may use that setting.</p>
4266 <div style="margin: auto;">
4267 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="green-primary"></a>-green-primary <var>x,y</var></h3>
4270 <p class="magick-description">green chromaticity primary point.</p>
4273 <div style="margin: auto;">
4274 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="hald-clut"></a>-hald-clut</h3>
4277 <p class="magick-description">apply a Hald color lookup table to the image.</p>
4279 <p>A Hald color lookup table is a 3-dimensional color cube mapped to 2
4280 dimensions. Create it with the <code>HALD:</code> prefix (e.g. HALD:8). You
4281 can apply any color transformation to the Hald image and then use this option
4282 to apply the transform to the image. </p>
4285 convert image.png hald.png -hald-clut transform.png
4288 <p>This option provides a convenient method for you to use Gimp or Photoshop
4289 to make color corrections to the Hald CLUT image and subsequently apply them
4290 to multiple images using an ImageMagick script. </p>
4292 <p>Note that the representation is only of the normal RGB color space and that
4293 the whole color value triplet is used for the interpolated lookup of the
4294 represented Hald color cube image. Because of this the operation is not <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> setting effected, nor can it adjust or modify an
4295 images transparency or alpha/matte channel.</p>
4297 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#clut">-clut</a> which provides color value replacement
4298 of the individual color channels, usually involving a simpler gray-scale
4299 image. E.g: gray-scale to color replacement, or modification by a histogram
4303 <div style="margin: auto;">
4304 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="help"></a>-help</h3>
4307 <p class="magick-description">print usage instructions.</p>
4309 <div style="margin: auto;">
4310 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="highlight-color"></a>-highlight-color <var>color</var></h3>
4313 <p class="magick-description">when comparing images, emphasize pixel differences with this color.</p>
4315 <div style="margin: auto;">
4316 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="hough-lines"></a>-hough-lines <var>width</var>x<var>height</var>{<var>+threshold</var>}</h3>
4319 <p class="magick-description">identify straight lines in the image (e.g. -hough-lines 9x9+195).</p>
4321 <p>Use the Hough line detector with any binary edge extracted image to locate and draw any straight lines that it finds.</p>
4323 <p>The process accumulates counts for every white pixel in the binary edge image for every possible orientation (for angles from 0 to 179 in 1 deg increments) and distance from the center of the image to the corners (in 1 px increments). It stores the counts in an accumulator matrix of angle vs distance. The size of the accumulator will be 180x(diagonal/2). Next it searches the accumulator for peaks in counts and converts the locations of the peaks to slope and intercept in the normal x,y input image space. The algorithm uses slope/intercepts to find the endpoints clipped to the bounds of the image. The lines are drawn from the given endpoints. The counts are a measure of the length of the lines.</p>.
4325 <p>The WxH arguments specify the filter size for locating the peaks in the Hough accumulator. The threshold excludes lines whose counts are less than the threshold value.</p>
4327 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#background">-background</a></code> to specify the color of the background onto which the lines will be drawn. The default is black.</p>
4329 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a></code> to specify the color of the lines. The default is black.</p>
4331 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#stroke">-stroke</a></code> and <code><a href="command-line-options.html#strokewidth">-strokewidth</a></code> to specify the thickness of the lines. The default is black and no strokewidth.</p>
4333 <p>A text file listing the endpoints and counts may be created by using the suffix, .mvg, for the output image.</p>
4335 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> hough-lines:accumulator=true</code> to return the accumulator image in addition to the lines image.</p>
4337 <div style="margin: auto;">
4338 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="iconGeometry"></a>-iconGeometry <var>geometry</var></h3>
4341 <p class="magick-description">specify the icon geometry.</p>
4343 <p>Offsets, if present in the geometry specification, are handled in the same
4344 manner as the <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a> option, using X11 style to
4345 handle negative offsets.</p>
4347 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
4349 <div style="margin: auto;">
4350 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="iconic"></a>-iconic</h3>
4353 <p class="magick-description">start in icon mode in X Windows", 'animate', 'display</p>
4355 <div style="margin: auto;">
4356 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="identify"></a>-identify</h3>
4359 <p class="magick-description">identify the format and characteristics of the image.</p>
4361 <p>This information is printed: image scene number; image name; image size;
4362 the image class (<var>DirectClass</var> or <var>PseudoClass</var>); the total number of unique colors; and the
4363 number of seconds to read and transform the image. Refer to <a href="miff.html">MIFF</a> for
4364 a description of the image class.</p>
4366 <p>If <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a> is also specified, the total unique colors
4367 in the image and color reduction error values are printed. Refer to <a href="quantize.html">color
4368 reduction algorithm</a> for a description of these values.</p>
4370 <p>If <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> precedes this option, copious
4371 amounts of image properties are displayed including image statistics, profiles,
4372 image histogram, and others.</p>
4374 <div style="margin: auto;">
4375 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="ift"></a>-ift</h3>
4378 <p class="magick-description">implements the inverse discrete Fourier transform (DFT).</p>
4380 <p>This option is new as of ImageMagick 6.5.4-3 (and now working for Windows
4381 users in ImageMagick 6.6.0-9). It transforms a pair of magnitude and phase
4382 images from the frequency domain to a single image in the normal or spatial
4383 domain. See for example, <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fourier_transform">Fourier Transform</a>,
4384 <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DFT">Discrete Fourier Transform</a> and
4385 <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FFT">Fast Fourier Transform</a>.</p>
4387 <p>For example, depending upon the image format used to store the result of
4388 the <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">-fft</a>, one would use either</p>
4391 convert fft_image.miff -ift fft_image_ift.png
4397 convert fft_image-0.png fft_image-1.png -ift fft_image_ift.png
4400 <p>The resulting image may need to be cropped due to padding introduced when
4401 the original image, prior to the <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">-fft</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#fft">+fft</a>, was not square or even dimensioned. Any padding is at
4402 the right and/or bottom sides of the image.</p>
4404 <p>The <a href="http://www.fftw.org/">FFTW</a> delegate library is required to
4405 use <a href="command-line-options.html#ift">-ift</a>.</p>
4407 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#ift">+ift</a> (with HDRI enabled) to transform a pair of real
4408 and imaginary images from the frequency domain to a single image in the normal
4409 (spatial) domain.</p>
4411 <p>By default the IFT is not normalized (and the FFT is). Use "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> fourier:normalize=inverse</code> to explictly normalize the IFT and unnormalize the FFT.</p>
4413 <div style="margin: auto;">
4414 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="immutable"></a>-immutable</h3>
4417 <p class="magick-description">make image immutable.</p>
4419 <div style="margin: auto;">
4420 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="implode"></a>-implode <var>factor</var></h3>
4423 <p class="magick-description">implode image pixels about the center.</p>
4425 <div style="margin: auto;">
4426 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="insert"></a>-insert <var>index</var></h3>
4429 <p class="magick-description">insert the last image into the image sequence.</p>
4431 <p>This option takes last image in the current image sequence and inserts it
4432 at the given index. If a negative index is used, the insert position is
4433 calculated before the last image is removed from the sequence. As such
4434 <code>-insert -1</code> will result in no change to the image sequence.</p>
4436 <p>The <code>+insert</code> option is equivalent to <code>-insert -1</code>. In
4437 other words, insert the last image, at the end of the current image sequence.
4438 Consequently this has no effect on the image sequence order.</p>
4440 <div style="margin: auto;">
4441 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="intensity"></a>-intensity <var>method</var></h3>
4444 <p class="magick-description">method to generate intensity value from pixel.</p>
4446 <p>ImageMagick provides a number of methods used in situations where an
4447 operatory needs to determine a single grayscale value for some purpose, from
4448 an image with red, green, and blue pixel components. Typically the linear
4449 <code>Rec709Luminance</code> formula is used, which is the same formula used when
4450 converting images to <code>-colorspace gray</code>. </p>
4452 <p>The following formulas are currently provided, and will first convert
4453 the pixel values to linear-RGB or non-linear sRGB colorspace before
4454 being applied to calulate the final greyscale value. </p>
4456 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
4457 <dt>Rec601Luma</dt><dd> 0.298839R' + 0.586811G'+ 0.114350B'</dd>
4458 <dt>Rec601Luminance</dt><dd> 0.298839R + 0.586811G + 0.114350B</dd>
4459 <dt>Rec709Luma</dt><dd> 0.212656R' + 0.715158G' + 0.072186B'</dd>
4460 <dt>Rec709Luminance</dt><dd> 0.212656R + 0.715158G + 0.072186B</dd>
4461 <dt>Brightness</dt><dd> max(R', G', B')</dd>
4462 <dt>Lightness</dt><dd> (min(R', G', B') + max(R', G', B')) / 2.0</dd>
4465 <p>Note that the above R,G,B values is the image's linear-RGB values, while
4466 R',G',B' are sRGB non-linear values. </p>
4468 <p>These intensity methods are mathematical in nature and will use the
4469 current value in the images respective R,G,B channel regardless of
4470 what that is, or what colorspace the image is currently using.</p>
4472 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
4473 <dt>Average</dt><dd>(R + G + B) / 3.0</dd>
4474 <dt>MS</dt><dd>(R^2 + G^2 + B^2) / 3.0</dd>
4475 <dt>RMS</dt><dd>sqrt( (R^2 + G^2 + B^2) / 3.0 )</dd>
4478 <p>These methods are often used for other purposes, such as generating a
4479 grayscale difference image between two color images (using <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> '<code>Difference</code>' composition. </p>
4481 <p> For example The 'MS' (Mean Squared) setting is good for minimizing color
4482 error comparisions. While... The method 'RMS' (Root Mean Squared) for
4483 example is appropriate for calculating color vector distance, from a color
4484 difference image. This is equivalent to the color only component of the <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> factor color compare setting. </p>
4486 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#grayscale">-grayscale</a> which applies one of the above
4487 grayscaling formula directly to an image without setting the <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">-intensity</a> setting.</p>
4489 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#colorspace">-colorspace gray</a> image conversion also uses
4490 the current intensity setting, but will always convert the image to the
4491 appropriate sRGB or linear-RGB colorspace before appling the above
4494 <p>To print a complete list of posible pixel intensity setting methods, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list intensity</a>.</p>
4496 <p>Operators affected by the <a href="command-line-options.html#intensity">-intensity</a> setting include:</p>
4502 -clut (when mapping greyscale CLUT image to alpha channel if set by -channels)
4503 -colors for gray colorspace
4504 -compose {LightenIntensity, DarkenIntensity, CopyOpacity, CopyBlack}
4506 -distort {ErodeIntensity, DilateIntensity}
4516 <div style="margin: auto;">
4517 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="intent"></a>-intent <var>type</var></h3>
4520 <p class="magick-description">use this type of rendering intent when managing the image color.</p>
4522 <p>Use this option to affect the color management operation of an image (see
4523 <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-profile</a>). Choose from these intents: <code>Absolute,
4524 Perceptual, Relative, Saturation</code>.</p>
4526 <p>The default intent is Perceptual for the sRGB colorspace and undefined for the RGB and gray colorspaces.</p>
4528 <p>To print a complete list of rendering intents, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list intent</a>.</p>
4530 <div style="margin: auto;">
4531 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="interlace"></a>-interlace <var>type</var></h3>
4534 <p class="magick-description">the type of interlacing scheme.</p>
4548 <p>This option is used to specify the type of interlacing scheme for raw image
4549 formats such as <code>RGB</code> or <code>YUV</code>.</p>
4551 <p><code>None</code> means do not interlace (RGBRGBRGBRGBRGBRGB...),</p>
4553 <p><code>Line</code> uses scanline interlacing (RRR...GGG...BBB...RRR...GGG...BBB...), and.</p>
4555 <p><code>Plane</code> uses plane interlacing (RRRRRR...GGGGGG...BBBBBB...).</p>
4557 <p><code>Partition</code> is like plane except the different planes are saved to
4558 individual files (e.g. image.R, image.G, and image.B).</p>
4560 <p>Use <code>Line</code> or <code>Plane</code> to create an <code>interlaced
4561 PNG</code> or <code>GIF</code> or <code>progressive JPEG</code> image.</p>
4563 <p>To print a complete list of interlacing schemes, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
4566 <div style="margin: auto;">
4567 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="interpolate"></a>-interpolate <var>type</var></h3>
4570 <p class="magick-description">Set the pixel color interpolation method to use when looking up a color based on a floating point or real value.</p>
4572 <p>When looking up the color of a pixel using a non-integer floating point
4573 value, you typically fall in between the pixel colors defined by the source
4574 image. This setting determines how the color is determined from the colors of
4575 the pixels surrounding that point. That is how to determine the color of a
4576 point that falls between two, or even four different colored pixels. </p>
4578 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
4580 <dd>The color of the top-left pixel (floor function)</dd>
4581 <dt>nearest-neighbor</dt>
4582 <dd>The nearest pixel to the lookup point (rounded function)</dd>
4584 <dd>The average color of the surrounding four pixels</dd>
4586 <dd>A double linear interpolation of pixels (the default)</dd>
4588 <dd>Divide area into two flat triangular interpolations</dd>
4590 <dd>Fitted bicubic-spines of surrounding 16 pixels</dd>
4592 <dd>Direct spline curves (colors are blurred)</dd>
4594 <dd>Use resize <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> settings</dd>
4597 <p>This most important for distortion operators such as <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#implode">-implode</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#transform">-transform</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">-fx</a>. </p>
4599 <p>To print a complete list of interpolation methods, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list interpolate</a>.</p>
4601 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a>, for control of the
4602 lookup for positions outside the boundaries of the image. </p>
4605 <div style="margin: auto;">
4606 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="interline-spacing"></a>-interline-spacing <var>value</var></h3>
4609 <p class="magick-description">the space between two text lines.</p>
4611 <div style="margin: auto;">
4612 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="interword-spacing"></a>-interword-spacing <var>value</var></h3>
4615 <p class="magick-description">the space between two words.</p>
4617 <div style="margin: auto;">
4618 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="kerning"></a>-kerning <var>value</var></h3>
4621 <p class="magick-description">the space between two letters.</p>
4623 <div style="margin: auto;">
4624 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="kuwahara"></a>-kuwahara <var>radius</var><br>-kuwahara <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var></h3>
4627 <p class="magick-description">edge preserving noise reduction filter.</p>
4629 <p>The <var>radius</var> is more important than the <var>sigma</var>. If <var>sigma</var> is left off, it will be computed automatically from the <var>radius</var> as <var>sigma</var>=<var>radius</var>-0.5. The <var>sigma</var> provides a bit of additional smoothing control.</p>
4632 <div style="margin: auto;">
4633 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="label"></a>-label <var>name</var></h3>
4636 <p class="magick-description">assign a label to an image.</p>
4638 <p>Use this option to assign a specific label to the image, as it is read in
4639 or created. You can use the <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> operation to re-assign
4640 a the labels of images already read in. Image formats such as TIFF, PNG,
4641 MIFF, supports saving the label information with the image.</p>
4643 <p>When saving an image to a <var>PostScript</var> file, any label
4644 assigned to an image is used as a header string to print above the postscript
4647 <p>You can include the image filename, type, width, height, or other image
4648 attribute by embedding special format character. See <a href="escape.html">Format and Print Image
4649 Properties</a> for details of the percent escape codes.</p>
4654 -label "%m:%f %wx%h" bird.miff
4657 <p>assigns an image label of <code>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</code> to the
4658 "<code>bird.miff</code>" image and whose width is 512 and height is 480, as it
4659 is read in. If a <a href="command-line-options.html#label">+label</a> option was used instead, any
4660 existing label present in the image would be used. You can remove all labels
4661 from an image by assigning the empty string. </p>
4663 <p>A label is not drawn on the image, but is embedded in the image datastream
4664 via <var>Label</var> tag or similar mechanism. If you want the label to be
4665 visible on the image itself, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> option, or
4666 during the final processing in the creation of an image montage.</p>
4668 <p>If the first character of <var>string</var> is <var>@</var>, the image label is read from a file titled by the
4669 remaining characters in the string. Labels in a file are literal, no embedded
4670 formatting characters are recognized.</p>
4673 <div style="margin: auto;">
4674 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="lat"></a>-lat <var>width</var><br>-lat <var>width</var>x<var>height</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>offset</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
4677 <p class="magick-description">perform local adaptive threshold.</p>
4679 <p>Adaptively threshold each pixel based on the value of pixels in a
4680 surrounding window. If the current pixel is lighter than this average plus
4681 the optional <code>offset</code>, then it is made white, otherwise it is made
4682 black. Small variations in pixel values such as found in scanned documents
4683 can be ignored if offset is positive. A negative offset will make it more
4684 sensitive to those small variations. </p>
4686 <p>This is commonly used to threshold images with an uneven background. It is
4687 based on the assumption that average color of the small window is the
4688 the local background color, from which to separate the foreground color. </p>
4691 <div style="margin: auto;">
4692 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="layers"></a>-layers <var>method</var></h3>
4695 <p class="magick-description">handle multiple images forming a set of image layers or animation frames.</p>
4697 <p>Perform various image operation methods to a ordered sequence of images
4698 which may represent either a set of overlaid 'image layers', a GIF disposal
4699 animation, or a fully-'coalesced' animation sequence. </p>
4701 <table class="table table-condensed table-striped">
4704 <th style="width: 8%">Method</th>
4705 <th>Description</th>
4709 <td>compare-any</td>
4710 <td>Crop the second and later frames to the smallest rectangle
4711 that contains all the differences between the two images. No GIF <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">-dispose</a> methods are taken into account. </td>
4714 <tr><td></td><td>This exactly the same as the <a href="command-line-options.html#deconstruct">-deconstruct</a> operator, and does not preserve animations normal
4715 working, especially when animation used layer disposal methods such as
4716 '<code>Previous</code>' or '<code>Background</code>'. </td>
4720 <td>compare-clear</td>
4721 <td>As '<code>compare-any</code>' but crop to the bounds of any
4722 opaque pixels which become transparent in the second frame. That is the
4723 smallest image needed to mask or erase pixels for the next frame. </td>
4727 <td>compare-overlay</td>
4728 <td>As '<code>compare-any</code>' but crop to pixels that add
4729 extra color to the next image, as a result of overlaying color pixels.
4730 That is the smallest single overlaid image to add or change colors. </td>
4733 <tr><td></td><td>This can be used with the <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> alpha
4734 composition method '<code>change-mask</code>', to reduce the image to
4735 just the pixels that need to be overlaid. </td>
4740 <td>Equivalent to a call to the <a href="command-line-options.html#coalesce">-coalesce</a> operator. Apply the layer disposal methods set in the
4741 current image sequence to form a fully defined animation sequence, as
4742 it should be displayed. Effectively converting a GIF animation into a
4743 'film strip'-like animation. </td>
4748 <td>Alpha Composition of two image lists, separated by a
4749 "<code>null:</code>" image, with the destination image list first, and
4750 the source images last. An image from each list are composited
4751 together until one list is finished. The separator image and source
4752 image lists are removed. </td>
4757 <td>The <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a> offset is adjusted according
4758 to <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> in accordance of the virtual
4759 canvas size of the first image in each list. Unlike a normal <a href="command-line-options.html#composite">-composite</a> operation, the canvas offset is also
4760 added to the final composite positioning of each image. </td> </tr>
4763 <td>If one of the image lists only contains one image, that image is
4764 applied to all the images in the other image list, regardless of which
4765 list it is. In this case it is the image meta-data of the list which
4772 <td>This like '<code>coalesce</code>' but shows the look of
4773 the animation after the layer disposal method has been applied, before
4774 the next sub-frame image is overlaid. That is the 'dispose' image that
4775 results from the application of the GIF <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">-dispose</a> method. This allows you to check what
4776 is going wrong with a particular animation you may be developing.
4782 <td>Create a canvas the size of the first images virtual
4783 canvas using the current <a href="command-line-options.html#background">-background</a> color,
4784 and <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> each image in turn onto that
4785 canvas. Images falling outside that canvas is clipped. Final
4786 image will have a zero virtual canvas offset. </td>
4790 <td>This usually used as one of the final 'image layering' operations
4791 overlaying all the prepared image layers into a final image. </td>
4795 <td>For a single image this method can also be used to fillout a virtual
4796 canvas with real pixels, or to underlay an opaque color to remove
4797 transparency from an image.</td>
4803 <td>As 'flatten' method but merging all the given image
4804 layers to create a new layer image just large enough to hold all the
4805 image without clipping or extra space. The new images virtual offset
4806 will preserve the position of the new layer, even if this offset is
4807 negative. The virtual canvas size of the first image is preserved.
4811 <tr><td></td><td>Caution is advised when handling image layers with
4812 negative offsets as few image file formats handle them correctly.
4813 Following this operation method with <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a>
4814 will remove the layer offset, and create an image in which all the
4815 overlaid image positions relative to each other is preserved, though
4816 not necessarily exactly where you specified them.
4820 <tr><td></td><td>See also 'trim-bounds' below which is closely related but
4821 without doing the'flatten' to merge the images together. </td>
4826 <td>As 'flatten' method but expanding the initial canvas size
4827 of the first image in a positive direction only so as to hold all the
4828 image layers. However as a virtual canvas is 'locked' to the origin,
4829 by its own definition, image layers with a negative offsets will still
4830 become clipped by the top and left edges. See 'merge' or 'trim-bounds'
4831 if this could be a problem. </td>
4835 <tr><td></td><td>This method is commonly used to layout individual image
4836 using various offset but without knowing the final canvas size. The
4837 resulting image will, like 'flatten' not have any virtual offset, so
4838 can be saved to any image file format. </td>
4844 <td>Optimize a coalesced animation, into GIF animation using
4845 a number of general techniques. This currently a short cut to
4846 apply both the '<code>optimize-frame</code>', and
4847 '<code>optimize-transparency</code>' methods but may be expanded to
4848 include other optimization methods as they are developed. </td>
4852 <td>optimize-frame</td>
4853 <td>Optimize a coalesced animation, into GIF animation by
4854 reducing the number of pixels per frame as much as possible by
4855 attempting to pick the best layer disposal method to use, while ensuring
4856 the result will continue to animate properly. </td>
4859 <tr><td></td><td> There is no guarantee that the best optimization is found.
4860 But then no reasonably fast GIF optimization algorithm can do this.
4861 However this does seem to do better than most other GIF frame
4862 optimizers seen. </td>
4866 <td>optimize-plus</td>
4867 <td>As '<code>optimize-frame</code>' but attempt to improve the
4868 overall optimization by adding extra frames to the animation, without
4869 changing the final look or timing of the animation. The frames are
4870 added to attempt to separate the clearing of pixels from the
4871 overlaying of new additional pixels from one animation frame to the
4872 next. If this does not improve the optimization (for the next frame
4873 only), it will fall back to the results of the previous normal
4874 '<code>optimize-frame</code>' technique. </td>
4877 <tr><td></td><td>There is the possibility that the change in the disposal
4878 style will result in a worsening in the optimization of later frames,
4879 though this is unlikely. In other words there no guarantee that it is
4880 better than the normal '<code>optimize-frame</code>' technique. For some
4881 animations however you can get a vast improvement in the final
4882 animation size. </td>
4886 <td>optimize-transparency</td>
4887 <td>Given a GIF animation, replace any pixel in the sub-frame
4888 overlay images with transparency, if it does not change the resulting
4889 animation by more than the current <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> factor.
4893 <tr><td></td><td>This should allow a existing frame optimized GIF animation
4894 to compress into a smaller file size due to larger areas of one
4895 (transparent) color rather than a pattern of multiple colors repeating
4896 the current disposed image of the last frame. </td>
4900 <td>remove-dups</td>
4901 <td>Remove (and merge time delays) of duplicate consecutive
4902 images, so as to simplify layer overlays of coalesced animations.
4906 <tr><td></td><td>Usually this a result of using a constant time delay
4907 across the whole animation, or after a larger animation was split into
4908 smaller sub-animations. The duplicate frames could also have been
4909 used as part of some frame optimization methods. </td>
4913 <td>remove-zero</td>
4914 <td>Remove any image with a zero time delay, unless ALL the
4915 images have a zero time delay (and is not a proper timed animation, a
4916 warning is then issued). </td>
4919 <tr><td></td><td>In a GIF animation, such images are usually frames which
4920 provide partial intermediary updates between the frames that are
4921 actually displayed to users. These frames are usually added for
4922 improved frame optimization in GIF animations. </td>
4926 <td>trim-bounds</td>
4927 <td>Find the bounds of all the images in the current
4928 image sequence, then adjust the offsets so all images are contained on
4929 a minimal positive canvas. None of the image data is modified or
4930 merged, only the individual image virtual canvas size and offset.
4931 All the images is given the same canvas size, and and will have
4932 a positive offset, but will remain in the same position relative to
4933 each other. As a result of the minimal canvas size at least one image
4934 will touch every edge of that canvas. The image data touching those
4935 edges however may be transparent. </td>
4938 <tr><td></td><td>The result is much like if you used 'merge' followed by a
4939 <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a> option, except that all the images
4940 have been kept separate. If 'flatten' is used after using
4941 'trim-bounds' you will get the same result. </td>
4947 <p>To print a complete list of layer types, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list layers</a>.</p>
4949 <p>The operators <a href="command-line-options.html#coalesce">-coalesce</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#deconstruct">-deconstruct</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#flatten">-flatten</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#mosaic">-mosaic</a> are only aliases for the above methods and may be depreciated in
4950 the future. Also see <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">-repage</a> operators, the <a href="command-line-options.html#compose">-compose</a> setting, and the
4951 GIF <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">-dispose</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#delay">-delay</a>
4955 <div style="margin: auto;">
4956 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="level"></a>-level <var>black_point</var>{,<var>white_point</var>}{<var>%</var>}{,<var>gamma</var>}</h3>
4959 <p class="magick-description">adjust the level of image channels.</p>
4961 <p>Given one, two or three values delimited with commas: black-point,
4962 white-point, gamma (for example: 10,250,1.0 or 2%,98%,0.5). The black and
4963 white points range from 0 to <var>QuantumRange</var>, or from 0 to
4964 100%; if the white point is omitted it is set to (<var>QuantumRange</var> - black_point), so as to center contrast changes.
4965 If a <code>%</code> sign is present anywhere in the string, both black and white
4966 points are percentages of the full color range. Gamma will do a <a href="command-line-options.html#gamma">-gamma</a> adjustment of the values. If it is omitted, the
4967 default of 1.0 (no gamma correction) is assumed.</p>
4969 <p>In normal usage (<code>-level</code>) the image values are stretched so that
4970 the given '<code>black_point</code>' value in the original image is set to zero
4971 (or black), while the given '<code>white_point</code>' value is set to <var>QuantumRange</var> (or white). This provides you with direct
4972 contrast adjustments to the image. The '<code>gamma</code>' of the resulting
4973 image will then be adjusted. </p>
4975 <p>From ImageMagick v6.4.1-9 using the plus form of the operator
4976 (<code>+level</code>) or adding the special '!' flag anywhere in the argument
4977 list, will cause the operator to do the reverse of the level adjustment. That
4978 is a zero, or <var>QuantumRange</var> value (black, and white, resp.)
4979 in the original image, is adjusted to the given level values, allowing you to
4980 de-contrast, or compress the channel values within the image. The
4981 '<code>gamma</code>' is adjusted before the level adjustment to de-contrast the
4984 <p>Only the channels defined by the current <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
4985 setting are adjusted (defaults to RGB color channels only), allowing you to
4986 limit the effect of this operator. </p>
4988 <p>Please note that the transparency channel is treated as 'matte'
4989 values (0 is opaque) and not as 'alpha' values (0 is transparent).</p>
4992 <div style="margin: auto;">
4993 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="level-colors"></a>-level-colors {<var>black_color</var>}{,}{<var>white_color</var>}</h3>
4996 <p class="magick-description">adjust the level of an image using the provided dash separated colors.</p>
4998 <p>This function is exactly like <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a>, except that the
4999 value value for each color channel is determined by the
5000 '<code>black_color</code>' and '<code>white_color</code>' colors given (as
5001 described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option). </p>
5003 <p>This effectually means the colors provided to <code>-level-colors</code>
5004 is mapped to become 'black' and 'white' respectively, with all the other
5005 colors linearly adjusted (or clipped) to match that change. Each channel is
5006 adjusted separately using the channel values of the colors specified. </p>
5008 <p>On the other hand the plus form of the operator (<code>+level-colors</code>)
5009 will map the image color 'black' and 'white' to the given colors
5010 respectively, resulting in a gradient (de-contrasting) tint of the image to
5011 those colors. This can also be used to convert a plain gray-scale image into a
5012 one using the gradient of colors specified. </p>
5014 <p>By supplying a single color with a comma separator either before or after
5015 that color, will just replace the respective 'black' or 'white' point
5016 respectively. But if no comma separator is provided, the given color is
5017 used for both the black and white color points, making the operator either
5018 threshold the images around that color (- form) or set all colors to that
5019 color (+ form). </p>
5022 <div style="margin: auto;">
5023 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="limit"></a>-limit <var>type value</var></h3>
5026 <p class="magick-description">Set the pixel cache resource limit.</p>
5028 <p>Choose from: <code>area</code>, <code>disk</code>, <code>file</code>,
5029 <code>map</code>, <code>memory</code>, <code>thread</code>, or <code>time</code>.</p>
5031 <p>The value for <code>file</code> is in number of files. The other limits are
5032 in bytes. Define arguments for the memory, map, area, and disk resource limits
5033 with SI prefixes (.e.g 100MB).</p>
5035 <p>By default the limits are 768 files, 3GB of image area, 1.5GiB memory, 3GiB
5036 memory map, and 18.45EB of disk. These limits are adjusted relative to the
5037 available resources on your computer if this information is available. When
5038 any limit is reached, ImageMagick fails in some fashion but attempts to take
5039 compensating actions, if possible. For example, the following limits
5043 -limit memory 32MiB -limit map 64MiB
5046 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list resource</a> to list the current limits. For example, our system shows these limits:</p>
5049 -> identify -list resource
5063 <p>Requests for pixel storage to keep intermediate images are satisfied by one
5064 of three resource categories: in-memory pool, memory-mapped files pool, and
5065 disk pool (in that order) depending on the <a href="command-line-options.html#limit">‑limit</a> settings
5066 and whether the system honors a resource request. If the total size of
5067 allocated pixel storage in the given pool reaches the corresponding limit, the
5068 request is passed to the next pool. Additionally, requests that exceed the
5069 <code>area</code> limit automagically are allocated on disk.</p>
5071 <p>To illustrate how ImageMagick utilizes resource limits, consider a typical
5072 image resource request. First, ImageMagick tries to allocate the pixels in
5073 memory. The request might be denied if the resource request exceeds the
5074 <code>memory</code> limit or if the system does not honor the request. If
5075 a memory request is not honored, the pixels are allocated to disk and the file
5076 is memory-mapped. However, if the allocation request exceeds the
5077 <code>map</code> limit, the resource allocation goes to disk. In all cases, if
5078 the resource request exceeds the <code>area</code> limit, the pixels are
5079 automagically cached to disk. If the disk has a hard limit, the program
5082 <p>In most cases you simply do not need to concern yourself with resource
5083 limits. ImageMagick chooses reasonable defaults and most images do not tax
5084 your computer resources. Where limits do come in handy is when you process
5085 images that are large or on shared systems where ImageMagick can consume all
5086 or most of the available memory. In this case, the ImageMagick workflow slows
5087 other processes or, in extreme cases, brings the system to a halt. Under
5088 these circumstances, setting limits give some assurances that the ImageMagick
5089 workflow will not interfere with other concurrent uses of the computer. For
5090 example, assume you have a web interface that processes images uploaded from
5091 the Internet. To assure ImageMagick does not exceed 10MiB of memory you can
5092 simply set the area limit to 10MiB:</p>
5098 <p>Now whenever a large image is processed, the pixels are automagically
5099 cached to disk instead of memory. This of course implies that large images
5100 typically process very slowly, simply because pixel processing in memory can
5101 be an order of magnitude faster than on disk. Because your web site users
5102 might inadvertently upload a huge image to process, you should set a disk
5106 -limit area 10MB -limit disk 500MB
5109 <p>Here ImageMagick stops processing if an image requires more than 500MB of disk storage.</p>
5111 <p>In addition to command-line resource limit option, resources can be set
5112 with <a href="resources.html#environment">environment variables</a>. Set the
5113 environment variables <code>MAGICK_AREA_LIMIT</code>,
5114 <code>MAGICK_DISK_LIMIT</code>, <code>MAGICK_FILE_LIMIT</code>,
5115 <code>MAGICK_MEMORY_LIMIT</code>, <code>MAGICK_MAP_LIMIT</code>,
5116 <code>MAGICK_THREAD_LIMIT</code>, <code>MAGICK_TIME_LIMIT</code> for limits of
5117 image area, disk space, open files, heap memory, memory map, number of threads
5118 of execution, and maximum elapsed time in seconds respectively.</p>
5120 <p> Inquisitive users can try adding <a href="command-line-options.html#debug">-debug cache</a> to
5121 their commands and then scouring the generated output for references to the
5122 pixel cache, in order to determine how the pixel cache was allocated and how
5123 resources were consumed. Advanced Unix/Linux users can pipe that output
5124 through <code>grep memory|open|destroy|disk</code> for more readable sifting.
5127 <p>For more about ImageMagick's use of resources, see the section <b>Cache
5128 Storage and Resource Requirements</b> on the <a href="architecture.html#cache%0A">Architecture</a> page. </p>
5130 <div style="margin: auto;">
5131 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="linear-stretch"></a>-linear-stretch <var>black-point</var><br>-linear-stretch <var>black-point</var>{x<var>white-point</var>}{<var>%</var>}}</h3>
5134 <p class="magick-description">Linear with saturation stretch.</p>
5136 <p>This is very similar to <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a>,
5137 and uses a 'histogram bin' to determine the range of color values that needs to
5138 be stretched. However it then stretches those colors using the <a href="command-line-options.html#level">-level</a> operator.</p>
5140 <p>As such while the initial determination may have 'binning' round off
5141 effects, the image colors are stretched mathematically, rather than using the
5142 histogram bins. This makes the operator more accurate. </p>
5144 <p>note however that a <a href="command-line-options.html#linear-stretch">-linear-stretch</a> of
5145 '<code>0</code>' does nothing, while a value of '<code>1</code>' does a near
5146 perfect stretch of the color range. </p>
5148 <p>See also <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> for a 'perfect'
5149 normalization of mathematical images. </p>
5151 <p>This operator is under review for re-development. </p>
5154 <div style="margin: auto;">
5155 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="linewidth"></a>-linewidth</h3>
5158 <p class="magick-description">the line width for subsequent draw operations.</p>
5160 <div style="margin: auto;">
5161 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="liquid-rescale"></a>-liquid-rescale <var>geometry</var></h3>
5164 <p class="magick-description">rescale image with seam-carving.</p>
5166 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
5168 <div style="margin: auto;">
5169 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="list"></a>-list <var>type</var></h3>
5172 <p class="magick-description">Print a list of supported arguments for various options or settings. Choose from these list types:</p>
5174 <pre class="pre-scrollable">
5247 <p>These lists vary depending on your version of ImageMagick. Use "<code>-list
5248 list</code>" to get a complete listing of all the "<code>-list</code>" arguments
5255 <div style="margin: auto;">
5256 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="log"></a>-log <var>string</var></h3>
5259 <p class="magick-description">Specify format for debug log.</p>
5261 <p>This option specifies the format for the log printed when the <a href="command-line-options.html#debug">-debug</a> option is active.</p>
5263 <p>You can display the following components by embedding special format
5266 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
5267 <dt>%d</dt><dd>domain</dd>
5268 <dt>%e</dt><dd>event</dd>
5269 <dt>%f</dt><dd>function</dd>
5270 <dt>%l</dt><dd>line</dd>
5271 <dt>%m</dt><dd>module</dd>
5272 <dt>%p</dt><dd>process ID</dd>
5273 <dt>%r</dt><dd>real CPU time</dd>
5274 <dt>%t</dt><dd>wall clock time</dd>
5275 <dt>%u</dt><dd>user CPU time</dd>
5276 <dt>%%</dt><dd>percent sign</dd>
5277 <dt>\n</dt><dd>newline</dd>
5278 <dt>\r</dt><dd>carriage return</dd>
5284 convert -debug coders -log "%u %m:%l %e" in.gif out.png
5287 <p>The default behavior is to print all of the components.</p>
5289 <div style="margin: auto;">
5290 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="loop"></a>-loop <var>iterations</var></h3>
5293 <p class="magick-description">add Netscape loop extension to your GIF animation.</p>
5295 <p>Set iterations to zero to repeat the animation an infinite number of times,
5296 otherwise the animation repeats itself up to <var>iterations</var>
5299 <div style="margin: auto;">
5300 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="lowlight-color"></a>-lowlight-color <var>color</var></h3>
5303 <p class="magick-description">when comparing images, de-emphasize pixel differences with this color.</p>
5305 <div style="margin: auto;">
5306 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="magnify"></a>-magnify</h3>
5309 <p class="magick-description">double the size of the image with pixel art scaling.</p>
5312 <div style="margin: auto;">
5313 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="map"></a>-map <var>type</var></h3>
5316 <p class="magick-description">Display image using this <var>type</var>.</p>
5318 <p>Choose from these <var>Standard Colormap</var> types:</p>
5329 <p>The <var>X server</var> must support the <var>Standard
5330 Colormap</var> you choose, otherwise an error occurs. Use <code>list</code> as
5331 the type and <code>display</code> searches the list of colormap types in
5332 <code>top-to-bottom</code> order until one is located. See <var>xstdcmap(1)</var> for one way of creating Standard Colormaps.</p>
5335 <div style="margin: auto;">
5336 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="map_stream_"></a>-map <var>components</var></h3>
5339 <p class="magick-description">pixel map.</p>
5341 <p>Here are the valid components of a map:</p>
5343 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
5344 <dt>r</dt><dd> red pixel component</dd>
5345 <dt>g</dt><dd> green pixel component</dd>
5346 <dt>b</dt><dd> blue pixel component</dd>
5347 <dt>a</dt><dd> alpha pixel component (0 is transparent)</dd>
5348 <dt>o</dt><dd> opacity pixel component (0 is opaque)</dd>
5349 <dt>i</dt><dd> grayscale intensity pixel component</dd>
5350 <dt>c</dt><dd> cyan pixel component</dd>
5351 <dt>m</dt><dd> magenta pixel component</dd>
5352 <dt>y</dt><dd> yellow pixel component</dd>
5353 <dt>k</dt><dd> black pixel component</dd>
5354 <dt>p</dt><dd> pad component (always 0)</dd>
5357 <p>You can specify as many of these components as needed in any order (e.g.
5358 bgr). The components can repeat as well (e.g. rgbr).</p>
5361 <div style="margin: auto;">
5362 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="mask"></a>-mask
5363 <var>filename</var></h3>
5366 <p class="magick-description">Prevent updates to image pixels specified by the mask.</p>
5368 <p>This the same as using a mask used for composite masking operations, with
5369 grayscale values causing blended updates of the image the mask is attached to.
5372 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#mask">+mask</a> to remove the mask from images.</p>
5374 <p>Also see <a href="command-line-options.html#clip-mask">-clip-mask</a> which work in the same way,
5375 but with strict boolean masking. </p>
5377 <div style="margin: auto;">
5378 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="mattecolor"></a>-mattecolor <var>color</var></h3>
5381 <p class="magick-description">Specify the color to be used with the <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">-frame</a> option.</p>
5383 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
5385 <p>The default matte color is <code>#BDBDBD</code>, <span style="background-color: #bdbdbd;">this shade of gray</span>.</p>
5387 <div style="margin: auto;">
5388 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="maximum"></a>-maximum</h3>
5391 <p class="magick-description">return the maximum intensity of an image sequence.</p>
5393 <p>Select the 'maximum' value from all the surrounding pixels. </p>
5395 <p>This is legacy option from the <a href="command-line-options.html#statistic">method</a> of the same
5398 <div style="margin: auto;">
5399 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="median"></a>-median <var>geometry</var></h3>
5402 <p class="magick-description">apply a median filter to the image.</p>
5404 <p>Select the 'middle' value from all the surrounding pixels. </p>
5406 <p>This is legacy option from the <a href="command-line-options.html#statistic">method</a> of the same
5409 <div style="margin: auto;">
5410 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="mean-shift"></a>-mean-shift <var>width</var>x<var>height</var>{<var>+distance</var>{%}}</h3>
5413 <p class="magick-description">image noise removal and color reduction/segmentation (e.g. -mean-shift 7x7+10%).</p>
5415 <p><var>width</var>x<var>height</var> is the window size and <var>distance</var> is the color distance measured in the range 0 to 1 or 0 to 100%</p>
5417 <p>The mean shift algorithm is iterative and thus slower the larger the window size. For each pixel, it gets all the pixels in the window centered at the pixel and excludes those that are outside the <var>radius=sqrt((width-1)(height-1)/4)</var> surrounding the pixel. From those pixels, it finds which of them are within the specified squared color distance from the current mean. It then computes a new x,y centroid from those coordinates and a new mean. This new x,y centroid is used as the center for a new window. This process is iterated until it converges and the final mean is then used to replace the original pixel value. It repeats this process for the next pixel, etc, until it processes all pixels in the image. Results are better when using other colorspaces rather than RGB. Recommend YIQ, YUV or YCbCr, which seem to give equivalent results.</p>
5419 <div style="margin: auto;">
5420 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="metric"></a>-metric <var>type</var></h3>
5423 <p class="magick-description">Output to STDERR a measure of the differences between images according to the <var>type</var> given metric.</p>
5427 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
5428 <dt>AE</dt><dd> absolute error count, number of different pixels (-fuzz effected)</dd>
5429 <dt>FUZZ</dt><dd> mean color distance</dd>
5430 <dt>MAE</dt><dd> mean absolute error (normalized), average channel error distance</dd>
5431 <dt>MEPP</dt><dd> mean error per pixel (normalized mean error, normalized peak error)</dd>
5432 <dt>MSE</dt><dd> mean error squared, average of the channel error squared</dd>
5433 <dt>NCC</dt><dd> normalized cross correlation</dd>
5434 <dt>PAE</dt><dd> peak absolute (normalized peak absolute)</dd>
5435 <dt>PHASH</dt><dd> perceptual hash</dd>
5436 <dt>PSNR</dt><dd> peak signal to noise ratio</dd>
5437 <dt>RMSE</dt><dd> root mean squared (normalized root mean squared)</dd>
5440 <p>Control the '<code>AE</code>', or absolute count of pixels that are different,
5441 with the <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> factor (ignore pixels which
5442 only changed by a small amount). Use '<code>PAE</code>' to find the
5443 size of the <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> factor needed to make all pixels
5444 'similar', while '<code>MAE</code>' determines the factor needed
5445 for about half the pixels to be similar. </p>
5447 <p>The '<code>MEPP</code>' metric returns three different metrics
5448 ('<code>MAE</code>', '<code>MAE</code>' normalized, and '<code>PAE</code>'
5449 normalized) from a single comparison run. </p>
5451 <p>To print a complete list of metrics, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
5452 metric</a> option.</p>
5455 <div style="margin: auto;">
5456 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="minimum"></a>-minimum</h3>
5459 <p class="magick-description">return the minimum intensity of an image sequence.</p>
5461 <p>Select the 'minimal' value from all the surrounding pixels. </p>
5463 <p>This is legacy option from the <a href="command-line-options.html#statistic">method</a> of the same
5468 <div style="margin: auto;">
5469 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="mode"></a>-mode <var>geometry</var></h3>
5472 <p class="magick-description">make each pixel the \'predominant color\' of the neighborhood.'</p>
5474 <div style="margin: auto;">
5475 <h3 class="magick-header">-mode <var>value</var></h3>
5478 <p class="magick-description">Mode of operation.</p>
5480 <p>Choose the <var>value</var> from these styles: <code>Frame,
5481 Unframe, or Concatenate</code></p>
5483 <p>Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list</a> option with a '<code>Mode</code>' argument
5484 for a list of <a href="command-line-options.html#mode">-mode</a> arguments available in your
5485 ImageMagick installation.</p>
5488 <div style="margin: auto;">
5489 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="modulate"></a>-modulate <var>brightness</var>[,<var>saturation</var>,<var>hue</var>]</h3>
5492 <p class="magick-description">Vary the <var>brightness</var>, <var>saturation</var>, and <var>hue</var> of an image.</p>
5494 <p>The arguments are given as a percentages of variation. A value of 100 means
5495 no change, and any missing values are taken to mean 100.</p>
5497 <p>The <var>brightness</var> is a multiplier of the overall
5498 brightness of the image, so 0 means pure black, 50 is half as bright, 200 is
5499 twice as bright. To invert its meaning <a href="command-line-options.html#negate">-negate</a> the image
5500 before and after. </p>
5502 <p>The <var>saturation</var> controls the amount of color in an
5503 image. For example, 0 produce a grayscale image, while a large value such as
5504 200 produce a very colorful, 'cartoonish' color.</p>
5506 <p>The <var>hue</var> argument causes a "rotation" of the colors
5507 within the image by the amount specified. For example, 50 results in
5508 a counter-clockwise rotation of 90, mapping red shades to purple, and so on.
5509 A value of either 0 or 200 results in a complete 180 degree rotation of the
5510 image. Using a value of 300 is a 360 degree rotation resulting in no change to
5511 the original image. </p>
5513 <p>For example, to increase the color brightness by 20% and decrease the color
5514 saturation by 10% and leave the hue unchanged, use <a href="command-line-options.html#modulate">-modulate 120,90</a>.</p>
5516 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> attribute of '<code>option:modulate:colorspace</code>' to specify which colorspace to
5517 modulate. Choose from <code>HCL</code>, <code>HCLp</code>, <code>HSB</code>, <code>HSI</code>, <code>HSL</code> (the default), <code>HSV</code>, <code>HWB</code>, or <code>LCH</code> (LCHuv). For example,</p>
5520 convert image.png -set option:modulate:colorspace hsb -modulate 120,90 modulate.png
5523 <div style="margin: auto;">
5524 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="moments"></a>-moments</h3>
5527 <p class="magick-description">report image moments and perceptual hash.</p>
5530 <div style="margin: auto;">
5531 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="monitor"></a>-monitor</h3>
5534 <p class="magick-description">monitor progress.</p>
5537 <div style="margin: auto;">
5538 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="monochrome"></a>-monochrome</h3>
5541 <p class="magick-description">transform the image to black and white.</p>
5543 <div style="margin: auto;">
5544 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="morph"></a>-morph <var>frames</var></h3>
5547 <p class="magick-description">morphs an image sequence.</p>
5549 <p>Both the image pixels and size are linearly interpolated to give the
5550 appearance of a metamorphosis from one image to the next, over all the images
5551 in the current image list. The added images are the equivalent of a <a href="command-line-options.html#blend">-blend</a> composition. The <var>frames</var>
5552 argument determine how many images to interpolate between each image. </p>
5555 <div style="margin: auto;">
5556 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="morphology"></a>-morphology</h3>
5557 <h3 class="magick-header">-morphology <var>method</var> <var>kernel</var></h3>
5560 <p class="magick-description">apply a morphology method to the image.</p>
5562 <p>Until I get around to writing an option summary for this, see <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/Usage/morphology/">IM Usage Examples,
5563 Morphology</a>. </p>
5566 <div style="margin: auto;">
5567 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="mosaic"></a>-mosaic</h3>
5570 <p class="magick-description">an simple alias for the <a href="command-line-options.html#layers">-layers</a> method "mosaic"</p>
5573 <div style="margin: auto;">
5574 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="motion-blur"></a>-motion-blur <var>radius</var><br>-motion-blur <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var>+<var>angle</var></h3>
5577 <p class="magick-description">simulate motion blur.</p>
5579 <p>Blur with the given radius, standard deviation (sigma), and angle. The
5580 angle given is the angle toward which the image is blurred. That is the
5581 direction people would consider the object is coming from. </p>
5583 <p>Note that the blur is not uniform distribution, giving the motion a
5584 definite sense of direction of movement. </p>
5586 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
5587 pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
5590 <div style="margin: auto;">
5591 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="name"></a>-name</h3>
5594 <p class="magick-description">name an image.</p>
5595 <div style="margin: auto;">
5596 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="negate"></a>-negate</h3>
5599 <p class="magick-description">replace each pixel with its complementary color.</p>
5601 <p>The red, green, and blue intensities of an image are negated. White becomes
5602 black, yellow becomes blue, etc. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#negate">+negate</a> to only
5603 negate the grayscale pixels of the image.</p>
5605 <div style="margin: auto;">
5606 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="noise"></a>-noise <var>geometry</var><br>
5607 +noise <var>type</var></h3>
5610 <p class="magick-description">Add or reduce noise in an image.</p>
5612 <p>The principal function of noise peak elimination filter is to smooth the
5613 objects within an image without losing edge information and without creating
5614 undesired structures. The central idea of the algorithm is to replace a pixel
5615 with its next neighbor in value within a pixel window, if this pixel has been
5616 found to be noise. A pixel is defined as noise if and only if this pixel is
5617 a maximum or minimum within the pixel window.</p>
5619 <p>Use <code><a href="command-line-options.html#noise">-noise</a> <var>radius</var></code> to
5620 specify the width of the neighborhood when reducing noise. This is equivalent
5621 to using a <code><a href="command-line-options.html#statistic">-statistic</a> NonPeak</code> operation,
5622 which should be used in preference.</p>
5624 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#noise">+noise</a> followed by a noise <var>type</var> to add noise to an image. Choose from these noise
5637 <p>The amount of noise added can be controled by the <code><a href="command-line-options.html#attunuuate">-attenuate</a></code> setting. If unset the value is
5638 equivalent to 1.0, or a maximum noise addition.</p>
5640 <p>Note that Random will replace the image with noise rather than add noise to the image. Use Uniform, if you wish to add random noise to the image.</p>
5642 <p>To print a complete list of noises, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list noise</a> option.</p>
5644 <p>Also see the <a href="command-line-options.html#evaluate">-evaluate</a> noise functions that allows
5645 the use of a controlling value to specify the amount of noise that should be
5646 added to an image. </p>
5649 <div style="margin: auto;">
5650 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="normalize"></a>-normalize</h3>
5653 <p class="magick-description">Increase the contrast in an image by <var>stretching</var> the range of intensity values.</p>
5655 <p>The intensity values are stretched to cover the entire range of possible
5656 values. While doing so, black-out at most <var>2%</var> of the pixels and
5657 white-out at most <var>1%</var> of the pixels.</p>
5659 <p>Note that as of ImageMagick 6.4.7-0, <a href="command-line-options.html#normalize">-normalize</a>
5660 is equivalent to <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch 2%x1%</a>.
5661 (Before this version, it was equivalent to <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch 2%x99%</a>).</p>
5663 <p>All the channels are normalized in concert by the came amount so as to
5664 preserve color integrity, when the default <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">+channel</a>
5665 setting is in use. Specifying any other <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>
5666 setting will normalize the RGB channels independently.</p>
5668 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#contrast-stretch">-contrast-stretch</a> for more details.
5669 Also see <a href="command-line-options.html#auto-level">-auto-level</a> for a 'perfect' normalization
5670 that is better suited to mathematically generated images. </p>
5672 <p>This operator is under review for re-development. </p>
5675 <div style="margin: auto;">
5676 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="opaque"></a>-opaque <var>color</var></h3>
5679 <p class="magick-description">change this color to the fill color within the image.</p>
5681 <p>The <var>color</var> argument is defined using the format
5682 described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option. The <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> setting can be used to match and replace colors similar to the one
5685 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#opaque">+opaque</a> to paint any pixel that does not match
5686 the target color. </p>
5688 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">-transparent</a> operator is exactly the same
5689 as <a href="command-line-options.html#opaque">-opaque</a> but replaces the matching color with
5690 transparency rather than the current <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> color setting.
5691 To ensure that it can do this it also ensures that the image has an alpha
5692 channel enabled, as per "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a> set</code>", for
5693 the new transparent colors, and does not require you to modify the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> to enable alpha channel handling. </p>
5696 <div style="margin: auto;">
5697 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="ordered-dither"></a>-ordered-dither <var>threshold_map</var>{,<var>level</var>...}</h3>
5700 <p class="magick-description">dither the image using a pre-defined ordered dither <var>threshold map</var> specified, and a uniform color map with the
5701 given number of <var>levels</var> per color channel.</p>
5703 <p>You can choose from these standard threshold maps:</p>
5705 <pre class="pre-scrollable">
5706 threshold 1x1 Threshold 1x1 (non-dither)
5707 checks 2x1 Checkerboard 2x1 (dither)
5708 o2x2 2x2 Ordered 2x2 (dispersed)
5709 o3x3 3x3 Ordered 3x3 (dispersed)
5710 o4x4 4x4 Ordered 4x4 (dispersed)
5711 o8x8 8x8 Ordered 8x8 (dispersed)
5712 h3x4a 4x1 Halftone 4x4 (angled)
5713 h6x6a 6x1 Halftone 6x6 (angled)
5714 h8x8a 8x1 Halftone 8x8 (angled)
5715 h3x4o Halftone 4x4 (orthogonal)
5716 h6x6o Halftone 6x6 (orthogonal)
5717 h8x8o Halftone 8x8 (orthogonal)
5718 h36x16o Halftone 16x16 (orthogonal)
5719 c5x5b c5x5 Circles 5x5 (black)
5720 c5x5w Circles 5x5 (white)
5721 c6x6b c6x6 Circles 6x6 (black)
5722 c6x6w Circles 6x6 (white)
5723 c7x7b c7x7 Circles 7x7 (black)
5724 c7x7w Circles 7x7 (white)
5727 <p> The <code>threshold</code> generated a simple 50% threshold of the image.
5728 This could be used with <var>level</var> to do the equivalent of <a href="command-line-options.html#posterize">-posterize</a> to reduce an image to basic primary colors.
5731 <p>The <code>checks</code> pattern produces a 3 level checkerboard dither
5732 pattern. That is a grayscale will become a pattern of solid black, solid
5733 white, and mid-tone colors into a checkerboard pattern of black and white.
5736 <p>You can define your own <var>threshold map</var> for ordered
5737 dithering and halftoning your images, in either personal or system
5738 <code>thresholds.xml</code> XML file. See <a href="resources.html">Resources</a>
5739 for more details of configuration files. </p>
5741 <p>To print a complete list of the thresholds that have been defined, use the
5742 <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list threshold</a> option.</p>
5744 <p>Note that at this time the same threshold dithering map is used for all
5745 color channels, no attempt is made to offset or rotate the map for different
5746 channels is made, to create an offset printing effect. Also as the maps are
5747 simple threshold levels, the halftone and circle maps will create incomplete
5748 circles along the edges of a colored area. Also all the effects are purely
5749 on/off boolean effects, without anti-aliasing to make the circles smooth
5750 looking. Large dots can be made to look better with a small amount of blurring
5751 after being created. </p>
5754 <div style="margin: auto;">
5755 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="orient"></a>-orient <var>image orientation</var></h3>
5758 <p class="magick-description">specify orientation of a digital camera image.</p>
5760 <p>Choose from these orientations:</p>
5763 bottom-left right-top
5764 bottom-right top-left
5765 left-bottom top-right
5770 <p>To print a complete list of orientations, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
5771 orientation</a> option.</p>
5774 <div style="margin: auto;">
5775 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="page"></a>-page <var>geometry</var><br>
5776 -page <var>media</var>[<var>offset</var>][{<var>^!<></var>}]<br>
5781 <p class="magick-description">Set the size and location of an image on the larger virtual canvas.</p>
5783 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
5785 <p>For convenience you can specify the page size using <var>media</var> (see below). Offsets can then be added as with other
5786 <var>geometry</var> arguments (e.g. <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a> <code>Letter+43+43</code>).</p>
5788 <p>Use <var>media</var> as shorthand to specify the dimensions (<var>width</var>x<var>height</var>) of the <var>PostScript</var> page in dots per inch or a TEXT page in pixels.
5789 The choices for a PostScript page are:</p>
5791 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
5792 <dt> 11x17 </dt> <dd> 792 x 1224</dd>
5793 <dt> Ledger </dt> <dd> 1224 x 792</dd>
5794 <dt> Legal </dt> <dd> 612 x 1008</dd>
5795 <dt> Letter </dt> <dd> 612 x 792</dd>
5796 <dt> LetterSmall</dt> <dd> 612 x 792</dd>
5797 <dt> ArchE </dt> <dd> 2592 x 3456</dd>
5798 <dt> ArchD </dt> <dd> 1728 x 2592</dd>
5799 <dt> ArchC </dt> <dd> 1296 x 1728</dd>
5800 <dt> ArchB </dt> <dd> 864 x 1296</dd>
5801 <dt> ArchA </dt> <dd> 648 x 864</dd>
5802 <dt> A0 </dt> <dd> 2380 x 3368</dd>
5803 <dt> A1 </dt> <dd> 1684 x 2380</dd>
5804 <dt> A2 </dt> <dd> 1190 x 1684</dd>
5805 <dt> A3 </dt> <dd> 842 x 1190</dd>
5806 <dt> A4 </dt> <dd> 595 x 842</dd>
5807 <dt> A4Small </dt> <dd> 595 x 842</dd>
5808 <dt> A5 </dt> <dd> 421 x 595</dd>
5809 <dt> A6 </dt> <dd> 297 x 421</dd>
5810 <dt> A7 </dt> <dd> 210 x 297</dd>
5811 <dt> A8 </dt> <dd> 148 x 210</dd>
5812 <dt> A9 </dt> <dd> 105 x 148</dd>
5813 <dt> A10 </dt> <dd> 74 x 105</dd>
5814 <dt> B0 </dt> <dd> 2836 x 4008</dd>
5815 <dt> B1 </dt> <dd> 2004 x 2836</dd>
5816 <dt> B2 </dt> <dd> 1418 x 2004</dd>
5817 <dt> B3 </dt> <dd> 1002 x 1418</dd>
5818 <dt> B4 </dt> <dd> 709 x 1002</dd>
5819 <dt> B5 </dt> <dd> 501 x 709</dd>
5820 <dt> C0 </dt> <dd> 2600 x 3677</dd>
5821 <dt> C1 </dt> <dd> 1837 x 2600</dd>
5822 <dt> C2 </dt> <dd> 1298 x 1837</dd>
5823 <dt> C3 </dt> <dd> 918 x 1298</dd>
5824 <dt> C4 </dt> <dd> 649 x 918</dd>
5825 <dt> C5 </dt> <dd> 459 x 649</dd>
5826 <dt> C6 </dt> <dd> 323 x 459</dd>
5827 <dt> Flsa </dt> <dd> 612 x 936</dd>
5828 <dt> Flse </dt> <dd> 612 x 936</dd>
5829 <dt> HalfLetter </dt> <dd> 396 x 612</dd>
5832 <p>This option is also used to place subimages when writing to a multi-image
5833 format that supports offsets, such as GIF89 and MNG. When used for this
5834 purpose the offsets are always measured from the top left corner of the canvas
5835 and are not affected by the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option. To
5836 position a GIF or MNG image, use <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a><var>{+-}x{+-}y</var> (e.g. -page +100+200). When writing to a MNG
5837 file, a <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a> option appearing ahead of the first image in
5838 the sequence with nonzero width and height defines the width and height values
5839 that are written in the <code>MHDR</code> chunk. Otherwise, the MNG width and
5840 height are computed from the bounding box that contains all images in the
5841 sequence. When writing a GIF89 file, only the bounding box method is used to
5842 determine its dimensions.</p>
5844 <p>For a PostScript page, the image is sized as in <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-geometry</a> but positioned relative to the <var>lower
5845 left-hand corner</var> of the page by {+-}<code>x</code><var>offset</var>{+-}<code>y</code> <var>offset</var>. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page 612x792</a>, for example, to center the image within the
5846 page. If the image size exceeds the PostScript page, it is reduced to fit the
5847 page. The default gravity for the <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a> option is <var>NorthWest</var>, i.e., positive <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> <var>offset</var> are measured rightward and downward from the top left
5848 corner of the page, unless the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option is
5849 present with a value other than <var>NorthWest</var>.</p>
5851 <p>The default page dimensions for a TEXT image is 612x792.</p>
5853 <p>This option is used in concert with <a href="command-line-options.html#density">-density</a>.</p>
5855 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#page">+page</a> to remove the page settings for an image.</p>
5857 <div style="margin: auto;">
5858 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="paint"></a>-paint <var>radius</var></h3>
5861 <p class="magick-description">simulate an oil painting.</p>
5863 <p>Each pixel is replaced by the most frequent color in a circular
5864 neighborhood whose width is specified with <var>radius</var>.</p>
5866 <div style="margin: auto;">
5867 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="path"></a>-path <var>path</var></h3></div>
5869 <p class="magick-description">write images to this path on disk.</p>
5871 <div style="margin: auto;">
5872 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="pause_animate_"></a>-pause <var>seconds</var></h3>
5875 <p class="magick-description">Pause between animation loops</p>
5877 <p>Pause for the specified number of seconds before repeating the animation.</p>
5879 <div style="margin: auto;">
5880 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="pause_import_"></a>-pause <var>seconds</var></h3>
5883 <p class="magick-description">Pause between snapshots.</p>
5885 <p>Pause for the specified number of seconds before taking the next snapshot.</p>
5887 <div style="margin: auto;">
5888 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="perceptible"></a>-perceptible <var>epsilon</var></h3>
5891 <p class="magick-description">set each pixel whose value is less than |<var>epsilon</var>| to <var>-epsilon</var> or <var>epsilon</var> (whichever is closer) otherwise the pixel value remains unchanged.</p>
5893 <div style="margin: auto;">
5894 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="ping"></a>-ping</h3>
5897 <p class="magick-description">efficiently determine image characteristics.</p>
5899 <div style="margin: auto;">
5900 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="pointsize"></a>-pointsize <var>value</var></h3>
5903 <p class="magick-description">pointsize of the PostScript, OPTION1, or TrueType font.</p>
5905 <div style="margin: auto;">
5906 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="polaroid"></a>-polaroid <var>angle</var></h3>
5909 <p class="magick-description">simulate a Polaroid picture.</p>
5911 <p>Use <code>+polaroid</code> to rotate the image at a random angle between -15 and +15 degrees.</p>
5913 <div style="margin: auto;">
5914 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="poly"></a>-poly <var>"wt,exp ..."</var></h3>
5917 <p class="magick-description">combines multiple images according to a weighted sum of polynomials; one floating point weight (coefficient) and one floating point polynomial exponent (power) for each image expressed as comma separated pairs.</p>
5919 <p> The weights should typically be fractions between -1 and 1. But the sum of weights should be 1 or at least between 0 and 1 to avoid clamping in non-hdri mode at black and white.</p>
5921 <p>The exponents may be positive, negative or zero. A negative exponent is equivalent to 1 divided by the image raised to the corresponding positive exponent. A zero exponent always produces 1 scaled by quantumrange to white, i.e. wt*white, no matter what the image.</p>
5923 <p>The format is: <var>output = wt1*image1^exp1 + wt2*image2^exp2 </var>...</p>
5925 <p>Some simple uses are:</p>
5927 <li>A weighted sum of each image provided all weights add to unity and all exponents=1. If the the weights are all equal to 1/(number of images), then this is equivalent to <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-evaluate-sequence</a> <var>mean</var>.</li>
5928 <li>The sum of squares of two or more images, provided the weights are equal (and sum to 1 to avoid clamping) and the exponents equal 2.</li>
5931 <p>Note that one may add a constant color to the expression simply by using xc:somecolor for one of the images and specifying the desired weight and exponent equal to 0.</p>
5933 <p>Similarly one may add white to the expression by simply using null: (or xc:white) for one of the images with the appropriate weight and exponent equal to 0.</p>
5936 <div style="margin: auto;">
5937 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="posterize"></a>-posterize <var>levels</var></h3>
5940 <p class="magick-description">reduce the image to a limited number of color levels per channel.</p>
5942 <p>Very low values of <var>levels</var>, e.g., 2, 3, 4, have the most
5945 <div style="margin: auto;">
5946 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="precision"></a>-precision <var>value</var></h3>
5949 <p class="magick-description">set the maximum number of significant digits to be printed.</p>
5951 <div style="margin: auto;">
5952 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="preview"></a>-preview <var>type</var></h3>
5955 <p class="magick-description">image preview type.</p>
5957 <p>Use this option to affect the preview operation of an image (e.g.
5958 <code>convert file.png -preview Gamma Preview:gamma.png</code>). Choose from
5961 <pre class="pre-scrollable">
5993 <p>To print a complete list of previews, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list preview</a> option.</p>
5995 <p>The default preview is <code>JPEG</code>.</p>
5997 <div style="margin: auto;">
5998 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="print"></a>-print <var>string</var></h3>
6001 <p class="magick-description">interpret string and print to console.</p>
6003 <div style="margin: auto;">
6004 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="process"></a>-process <var>command</var></h3>
6007 <p class="magick-description">process the image with a custom image filter.</p>
6009 <p>The command arguments has the form <code>"module arg1 arg2 arg3 ...
6010 argN"</code> where <code>module</code> is the name of the module to invoke (e.g.
6011 "Analyze") and arg1 arg2 arg3 ... argN are an arbitrary number of arguments to
6012 pass to the process module.</p>
6014 <div style="margin: auto;">
6015 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="profile"></a>-profile <var>filename</var><br>
6016 +profile <var>profile_name</var></h3>
6019 <p class="magick-description">Manage ICM, IPTC, or generic profiles in an image.</p>
6021 <p>Using <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-profile</a> <var>filename</var> adds an
6022 ICM (ICC color management), IPTC (newswire information), or a generic profile
6025 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">+profile <var>profile_name</var></a> to
6026 remove the indicated profile. ImageMagick uses standard filename globbing, so
6027 wildcard expressions may be used to remove more than one profile. Here we
6028 remove all profiles from the image except for the XMP profile: <code>+profile
6029 "!xmp,*"</code>. </p>
6031 <p>Use <code>identify -verbose</code> to find out which profiles are in the
6032 image file. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#strip">-strip</a> to remove all profiles (and
6035 <p>To extract a profile, the <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-profile</a> option is not
6036 used. Instead, simply write the file to an image format such as <var>APP1, 8BIM, ICM,</var> or <var>IPTC</var>.</p>
6038 <p>For example, to extract the Exif data (which is stored in JPEG files in the
6039 <var>APP1</var> profile), use.</p>
6042 convert cockatoo.jpg profile.exif
6045 <p>It is important to note that results may depend on whether or not the
6046 original image already has an included profile. Also, keep in mind that <a href="command-line-options.html#profile">-profile</a> is an "operator" (as opposed to a "setting") and
6047 therefore a conversion is made each time it is encountered, in order, in the
6048 command-line. For instance, in the following example, if the original image is
6049 CMYK with profile, a CMYK-CMYK-RGB conversion results.</p>
6052 convert CMYK.tif -profile "CMYK.icc" -profile "RGB.icc" RGB.tiff
6055 <p>Furthermore, since ICC profiles are not necessarily symmetric, extra
6056 conversion steps can yield unwanted results. CMYK profiles are often very
6057 asymmetric since they involve 3−>4 and 4−>3 channel mapping.
6060 <div style="margin: auto;">
6061 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="quality"></a>-quality <var>value</var></h3>
6064 <p class="magick-description">JPEG/MIFF/PNG compression level.</p>
6066 <p>For the JPEG and MPEG image formats, quality is 1 (lowest image quality and
6067 highest compression) to 100 (best quality but least effective compression).
6068 The default is to use the estimated quality of your input image if it can
6069 be determined, otherwise 92. When the quality is greater than 90, then the
6070 chroma channels are not downsampled.
6071 Use the <a href="command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor</a> option to specify the
6072 factors for chroma downsampling.</p>
6074 <p>For the MIFF image format, quality/10 is the zlib compression level, which
6075 is 0 (worst but fastest compression) to 9 (best but slowest). It has no effect
6076 on the image appearance, since the compression is always lossless.</p>
6078 <p>For the JPEG-2000 image format, quality is mapped using a non-linear
6079 equation to the compression ratio required by the Jasper library. This
6080 non-linear equation is intended to loosely approximate the quality provided by
6081 the JPEG v1 format. The default quality value 100, a request for non-lossy
6082 compression. A quality of 75 results in a request for 16:1 compression.</p>
6084 <p>For the MNG and PNG image formats, the quality value sets the zlib
6085 compression level (quality / 10) and filter-type (quality % 10). The default
6086 PNG "quality" is 75, which means compression level 7 with adaptive PNG
6087 filtering, unless the image has a color map, in which case it means
6088 compression level 7 with no PNG filtering.</p>
6090 <p>For compression level 0 (quality value less than 10), the Huffman-only
6091 strategy is used, which is fastest but not necessarily the worst
6094 <p>If filter-type is 4 or less, the specified PNG filter-type is used for
6097 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
6098 <dt>0</dt><dd>none</dd>
6099 <dt>1</dt><dd>sub</dd>
6100 <dt>2</dt><dd>up</dd>
6101 <dt>3</dt><dd>average</dd>
6102 <dt>4</dt><dd>Paeth</dd>
6105 <p>If filter-type is 5, adaptive filtering is used when quality is greater
6106 than 50 and the image does not have a color map, otherwise no filtering is
6109 <p>If filter-type is 6, adaptive filtering
6110 with <var>minimum-sum-of-absolute-values</var> is used.</p>
6112 <p>Only if the output is MNG, if filter-type is 7, the LOCO color
6113 transformation (intrapixel differencing) and adaptive filtering
6114 with <var>minimum-sum-of-absolute-values</var> are used.</p>
6116 <p>If the filter-type is 8 the zlib Z_RLE compression strategy (or the
6117 Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY strategy, when compression level is 0) is used with
6118 adaptive PNG filtering.</p>
6120 <p>If the filter-type is 9 the zlib Z_RLE compression strategy (or the
6121 Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY strategy, when compression level is 0) is used with
6122 no PNG filtering.</p>
6124 <p>The quality setting has no effect on the appearance or signature of PNG
6125 and MNG images, since the compression is always lossless.</p>
6127 <p>Not all combinations of compression level, strategy, and PNG filter type
6128 can be obtained using the -quality option. For more precise control,
6129 you can use the PNG:compression-level=N, PNG:compression-strategy=N, and
6130 PNG:compression-filter=N defines, respectively, instead.
6131 See <a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a>. Values from the defines take precedence
6132 over values from the -quality option.</p>
6134 <p>For further information, see
6135 the <a href="http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/TR">PNG</a> specification.</p>
6137 <div style="margin: auto;">
6138 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="quantize"></a>-quantize <var>colorspace</var></h3>
6141 <p class="magick-description">reduce colors using this colorspace.</p>
6143 <p>This setting defines the colorspace used to sort out and reduce the number
6144 of colors needed by an image (for later dithering) by operators such as <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a>, Note that color reduction also happens
6145 automatically when saving images to color-limited image file formats, such as
6149 <div style="margin: auto;">
6150 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="quiet"></a>-quiet</h3>
6153 <p class="magick-description">suppress all warning messages. Error messages are still reported.</p>
6155 <div style="margin: auto;">
6156 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="radial-blur"></a>-radial-blur <var>angle</var></h3>
6159 <p class="magick-description">Blur around the center of the image.</p>
6161 <p>Note that this is actually a rotational blur rather than a radial and as
6162 such actually mis-named. </p>
6164 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#virtual-pixel">-virtual-pixel</a> setting will determine how
6165 pixels which are outside the image proper are blurred into the final result.
6169 <div style="margin: auto;">
6170 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="raise"></a>-raise <var>thickness</var></h3>
6173 <p class="magick-description">Lighten or darken image edges.</p>
6175 <p>This will create a 3-D effect. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#raise">-raise</a> to create
6176 a raised effect, otherwise use <a href="command-line-options.html#raise">+raise</a>. </p>
6178 <p>Unlike the similar <a href="command-line-options.html#frame">-frame</a> option, <a href="command-line-options.html#raise">-raise</a> does not alter the dimensions of the image.</p>
6180 <div style="margin: auto;">
6181 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="random-threshold"></a>-random-threshold <var>low</var>x<var>high</var></h3>
6184 <p class="magick-description">Apply a random threshold to the image.</p>
6186 <div style="margin: auto;">
6187 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="red-primary"></a>-red-primary <var>x,y</var></h3>
6190 <p class="magick-description">Set the red chromaticity primary point.</p>
6192 <div style="margin: auto;">
6193 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="regard-warnings"></a>-regard-warnings</h3>
6196 <p class="magick-description">Pay attention to warning messages.</p>
6198 <p>This option causes some warnings in some image formats to be treated
6201 <div style="margin: auto;">
6202 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="remap"></a>-remap <var>filename</var></h3>
6205 <p class="magick-description">Reduce the number of colors in an image to the colors used by this image.</p>
6207 <p>If the <a href="command-line-options.html#dither">-dither</a> setting is enabled (the default) then
6208 the given colors are dithered over the image as necessary, otherwise the closest
6209 color (in RGB colorspace) is selected to replace that pixel in the image. </p>
6211 <p>As a side effect of applying a <a href="command-line-options.html#remap">-remap</a> of colors across all
6212 images in the current image sequence, all the images will have the same color
6213 table. That means that when saved to a file format such as GIF, it will use
6214 that color table as a single common or global color table, for all the images,
6215 without requiring extra local color tables. </p>
6217 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#remap">+remap</a> to reduce all images in the current image
6218 sequence to use a common color map over all the images. This equivalent to
6219 appending all the images together (without extra background colors) and color
6220 reducing those images using <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a> with a 256 color
6221 limit, then <a href="command-line-options.html#remap">-remap</a> those colors over the original list of
6222 images. This ensures all the images follow a single color map. </p>
6224 <p>If the number of colors over all the images is less than 256, then <a href="command-line-options.html#remap">+remap</a> should not perform any color reduction or dithering, as
6225 no color changes are needed. In that case, its only effect is to force the use
6226 of a global color table. This recommended after using either <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#ordered-dither">-ordered-dither</a> to
6227 reduce the number of colors in an animated image sequence. </p>
6229 <p>Note, the remap image colormap has at most 8-bits of precision. Deeper color maps are automagically coalesced with other colors to meet this requirement.</p>
6231 <div style="margin: auto;">
6232 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="region"></a>-region <var>geometry</var></h3>
6235 <p class="magick-description">Set a region in which subsequent operations apply.</p>
6237 <p>The <var>x</var> and <var>y</var> offsets are treated
6238 in the same manner as in <a href="command-line-options.html#crop">-crop</a>.</p>
6240 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
6242 <div style="margin: auto;">
6243 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="remote"></a>-remote</h3>
6246 <p class="magick-description">perform a remote operation.</p>
6248 <p>The only command recognized is the name of an image file to load.</p>
6250 <p>If you have more than one <a href="display.html">display</a> application
6251 running simultaneously, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#window"> window</a> option to
6252 specify which application to control.</p>
6254 <div style="margin: auto;">
6255 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="render"></a>-render</h3>
6258 <p class="magick-description">render vector operations.</p>
6260 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#render">+render</a> to turn off rendering vector operations.
6261 This useful when saving the result to vector formats such as MVG or SVG.</p>
6263 <div style="margin: auto;">
6264 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="repage"></a>-repage <var>geometry</var></h3>
6267 <p class="magick-description">Adjust the canvas and offset information of the image.</p>
6269 <p>This option is like <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a> but acts as an image operator
6270 rather than a setting. You can separately set the canvas size or the offset
6271 of the image on that canvas by only providing those components. </p>
6273 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
6275 <p>If a <code>!</code> flag is given the offset given is added to the existing
6276 offset to move the image relative to its previous position. This useful for
6277 animation sequences. </p>
6279 <p>A given a canvas size of zero such as '<code>0x0</code>' forces it to
6280 recalculate the canvas size so the image (at its current offset) will appear
6281 completely on that canvas (unless it has a negative offset).</p>
6283 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a> to completely remove/reset the virtual
6284 canvas meta-data from the images. </p>
6286 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set</a> '<code>page</code>' option can be used to
6287 directly assign virtual canvas meta-data. </p>
6290 <div style="margin: auto;">
6291 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="resample"></a>-resample <var>horizontal</var>x<var>vertical</var></h3>
6294 <p class="magick-description">Resample image to specified horizontal and vertical resolution.</p>
6296 <p>Resize the image so that its rendered size remains the same as the original
6297 at the specified target resolution. For example, if a 300 DPI image renders at
6298 3 inches by 2 inches on a 300 DPI device, when the image has been resampled to
6299 72 DPI, it will render at 3 inches by 2 inches on a 72 DPI device. Note that
6300 only a small number of image formats (e.g. JPEG, PNG, and TIFF) are capable of
6301 storing the image resolution. For formats which do not support an image
6302 resolution, the original resolution of the image must be specified via <a href="command-line-options.html#density">-density</a> on the command line prior to specifying the
6303 resample resolution.</p>
6305 <p>Note that Photoshop stores and obtains image resolution from a proprietary
6306 embedded profile. If this profile exists in the image, then Photoshop will
6307 continue to treat the image using its former resolution, ignoring the image
6308 resolution specified in the standard file header.</p>
6310 <div style="margin: auto;">
6311 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="resize"></a>-resize <var>geometry</var></h3>
6314 <p class="magick-description">Resize an image.</p>
6316 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are
6317 ignored, and the <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> option has no effect.</p>
6319 <p>If the <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> option
6320 or <code>-define filter:option=value</code> precedes the <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a> option, the image is resized with the specified
6323 <p>Many image processing algorithms assume your image is in a linear-light
6324 coding. If your image is gamma-corrected, you can remove the nonlinear gamma
6325 correction, apply the transform, then restore it like this:</p>
6328 convert portrait.jpg -gamma .45455 -resize 25% -gamma 2.2 \
6329 -quality 92 passport.jpg
6332 <div style="margin: auto;">
6333 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="respect-parentheses"></a>-respect-parentheses</h3>
6336 <p class="magick-description">settings remain in effect until parenthesis boundary.</p>
6338 <div style="margin: auto;">
6339 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="reverse"></a>-reverse</h3>
6342 <p class="magick-description">Reverse the order of images in the current image list.</p>
6345 <div style="margin: auto;">
6346 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="roll"></a>-roll {<var>+-</var>}<var>x</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>y</var></h3>
6349 <p class="magick-description">roll an image vertically or horizontally by the amount given.</p>
6351 <p>A negative <var>x</var> offset rolls the image right-to-left.
6352 A negative <var>y</var> offset rolls the image bottom-to-top.</p>
6355 <div style="margin: auto;">
6356 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="rotate"></a>-rotate <var>degrees</var>{<var><</var>}{<var>></var>}</h3>
6359 <p class="magick-description">Apply Paeth image rotation (using shear operations) to the image.</p>
6361 <p>Use <code>></code> to rotate the image only if its width exceeds the
6362 height. <code><</code> rotates the image <var>only</var> if its width is less
6363 than the height. For example, if you specify <code>-rotate "-90>"</code> and
6364 the image size is 480x640, the image is not rotated. However, if the image is
6365 640x480, it is rotated by -90 degrees. If you use <code>></code> or
6366 <code><</code>, enclose it in quotation marks to prevent it from being
6367 misinterpreted as a file redirection.</p>
6369 <p>Empty triangles in the corners, left over from rotating the image, are
6370 filled with the <code>background</code> color. </p>
6372 <p>See also the <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a> operator and specifically the
6373 '<code>ScaleRotateTranslate</code>' distort method. </p>
6376 <div style="margin: auto;">
6377 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sample"></a>-sample <var>geometry</var></h3>
6380 <p class="magick-description">minify / magnify the image with pixel subsampling and pixel replication, respectively.</p>
6382 <p>Change the image size simply by directly sampling the pixels original
6383 from the image. When magnifying, pixels are replicated in blocks. When
6384 minifying, pixels are sub-sampled (i.e., some rows and columns are skipped
6387 <p>The results are thus equivalent to using <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a> with
6388 a <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting of <code>point</code> (nearest
6389 neighbour), though <a href="command-line-options.html#sample">-sample</a> is a lot faster, as it
6390 avoids all the filter processing of the image. As such it completely ignores
6391 the current <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting. </p>
6393 <p>The key feature of the <a href="command-line-options.html#sample">-sample</a> is that no new colors
6394 will be added to the resulting image, though some colors may disappear. </p>
6396 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Offsets, if present in the geometry string, are
6397 ignored, unlike <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a>. </p>
6400 <p>The actual sampling point is the middle of the sub-region being sampled.
6401 As such a single pixel sampling of an image will take the middle pixel, (or
6402 top-left-middle if image has even dimensions). However the <a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> '<code>sample:offset</code>' can be set to modify
6403 this position some other location within each sub-region being sampled, as
6404 a percentage offset.</p>
6406 <p>By default this value is '<code>50</code>' for the midpoint, but could be set
6407 to '<code>0</code>' for top-left, '<code>100</code>' for bottom-right, or with
6408 separate X and Y offsets such as '<code>0x50</code>' for left-middle edge of
6409 sampling sub-region.</p>
6412 <div style="margin: auto;">
6413 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sampling-factor"></a>-sampling-factor <var>horizontal-factor</var>x<var>vertical-factor</var></h3>
6416 <p class="magick-description">sampling factors used by JPEG or MPEG-2 encoder and YUV decoder/encoder.</p>
6418 <p>This option specifies the sampling factors to be used by the JPEG encoder
6419 for chroma downsampling. If this option is omitted, the JPEG library will use
6420 its own default values. When reading or writing the YUV format and when
6421 writing the M2V (MPEG-2) format, use <a href="command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor 2x1</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#sampling-factor">-sampling-factor 4:2:2</a> to specify the 4:2:2
6422 downsampling method.</p>
6424 <div style="margin: auto;">
6425 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="scale"></a>-scale <var>geometry</var></h3>
6428 <p class="magick-description">minify / magnify the image with pixel block averaging and pixel replication, respectively.</p>
6430 <p>Change the image size simply by replacing pixels by averaging pixels
6431 together when minifying, or replacing pixels when magnifying. </p>
6433 <p>The results are thus equivalent to using <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a> with
6434 a <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting of <code>box</code>. Though it is a lot
6435 faster, as it avoids all the filter processing of the image. As such it
6436 completely ignores the current <a href="command-line-options.html#filter">-filter</a> setting. </p>
6438 <p>If when shrinking (minifying) images the original image is some integer
6439 multiple of the new image size, the number of pixels averaged together to
6440 produce the new pixel color is the same across the whole image. This is
6441 a special case known as 'binning' and is often used as a method of reducing
6442 noise in image such as those generated by digital cameras, especially in low
6443 light conditions. </p>
6446 <div style="margin: auto;">
6447 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="scene"></a>-scene <var>value</var></h3>
6450 <p class="magick-description">set scene number.</p>
6452 <p>This option sets the scene number of an image or the first image in an image sequence.</p>
6454 <div style="margin: auto;">
6455 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="screen"></a>-screen</h3>
6458 <p class="magick-description">specify the screen to capture.</p>
6460 <p>This option indicates that the GetImage request used to obtain the image
6461 should be done on the root window, rather than directly on the specified
6462 window. In this way, you can obtain pieces of other windows that overlap the
6463 specified window, and more importantly, you can capture menus or other popups
6464 that are independent windows but appear over the specified window.</p>
6466 <div style="margin: auto;">
6467 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="seed"></a>-seed</h3>
6470 <p class="magick-description">seed a new sequence of pseudo-random numbers</p>
6472 <div style="margin: auto;">
6473 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="segment"></a>-segment <var>cluster-threshold</var>x<var>smoothing-threshold</var></h3>
6476 <p class="magick-description">segment the colors of an image.</p>
6478 <p>Segment an image by analyzing the histograms of the color components and
6479 identifying units that are homogeneous with the fuzzy c-means technique. This
6480 is part of the ImageMagick color quantization routines. </p>
6482 <p>Specify <var>cluster threshold</var> as the number of pixels in
6483 each cluster that must exceed the cluster threshold to be considered valid.
6484 <var>Smoothing threshold</var> eliminates noise in the second
6485 derivative of the histogram. As the value is increased, you can expect
6486 a smoother second derivative. The default is 1.5.</p>
6488 <p>If the <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> setting is defined, a detailed report
6489 of the color clusters is returned.</p>
6492 <div style="margin: auto;">
6493 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="selective-blur"></a>-selective-blur <var>radius</var><br>-selective-blur <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var>{<var>+threshold</var>}</h3>
6496 <p class="magick-description">Selectively blur pixels within a contrast threshold.</p>
6498 <p>Blurs those pixels that are less than or equal to the threshold in
6499 contrast. The threshold may be expressed as a fraction of <var>QuantumRange</var> or as a percentage.</p>
6501 <div style="margin: auto;">
6502 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="separate"></a>-separate</h3>
6505 <p class="magick-description">separate an image channel into a grayscale image. Specify the channel with <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a>.</p>
6507 <div style="margin: auto;">
6508 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sepia-tone"></a>-sepia-tone <var>threshold</var></h3>
6511 <p class="magick-description">simulate a sepia-toned photo.</p>
6513 <p>Specify <var>threshold</var> as the percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%).</p>
6515 <p>This option applies a special effect to the image, similar to the effect
6516 achieved in a photo darkroom by sepia toning. Threshold ranges from 0 to <var>QuantumRange</var> and is a measure of the extent of the sepia
6517 toning. A threshold of 80% is a good starting point for a reasonable
6522 <div style="margin: auto;">
6523 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="set"></a>-set <var>key value</var></h3>
6524 <h3 class="magick-header">+set <var>key</var></h3>
6527 <p class="magick-description">sets image attributes and properties for images in the current image sequence.</p>
6529 <p>This will assign (or modify) specific settings attached to all the images
6530 in the current image sequence. Using the <a href="command-line-options.html#set">+set</a> form of the
6531 option will either remove, or reset that setting to a default state, as
6534 <p>For example, it will modify specific well known image meta-data
6535 'attributes' such as those normally overridden by: the options <a href="command-line-options.html#delay">-delay</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#dispose">-dispose</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#colorspace">-colorspace</a>; generally
6536 assigned before the image is read in, by using a <var>key</var> of
6539 <p>If the given <var>key</var> does not match a specific known
6540 'attribute ', such as shown above, the setting is stored as a a free form
6541 'property' string. Such settings are listed in <a href="command-line-options.html#verbose">-verbose</a> information ("<code>info:</code>" output format) as "Properties".
6544 <p>This includes string 'properties' that are set by and assigned to images
6545 using the options <a href="command-line-options.html#comment">-comment</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#label">-label</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#caption">-caption</a>. These options actually assign
6546 a global 'artifact' which are automatically assigned (and any <a href="escape.html">Format Percent
6547 Escapes</a> expanded) to images as they are read in. For example:</p>
6550 -> convert rose: -set comment 'Rose is a rose is a rose is a rose' rose.png
6551 identify -format %c rose.png
6552 Rose is a rose is a rose is a rose
6555 <p>The set value can also make use of <a href="escape.html">Format and Print Image
6556 Properties</a> in the defined value. For example:</p>
6559 -> convert rose: -set origsize '%wx%h' -resize 50% \
6560 -format 'Old size = %[origsize] New size = %wx%h' info:
6561 Old size = 70x46 New size = 35x23
6564 <p>Other well known 'properties' that are availible include:
6565 '<code>date:create</code>' and '<code>date:modify</code>' and
6566 '<code>signature</code>'. </p>
6568 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">-repage</a> operator will also allow you to modify
6569 the '<code>page</code>' attribute of an image for images already in memory (also
6570 see <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">-page</a>). However it is designed to provide a finer
6571 control of the sub-parts of this 'attribute'. The <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set page</a>
6572 option will only provide a direct, unmodified assignment of '<code>page</code>'
6575 <p>This option can also associate a colorspace or profile with your image.
6579 convert image.psd -set profile ISOcoated_v2_eci.icc image-icc.psd
6582 <p>Some 'properties' must be defined in a specific way to be used. For
6583 example only 'properties' prefixed with "<code>filename:</code>" can be used to
6584 modify the output filename of an image. For example</p>
6587 convert rose: -set filename:mysize '%wx%h' 'rose_%[filename:mysize].png'
6590 <p>If the setting value is prefixed with "<code>option:</code>" the setting will
6591 be saved as a global "Artifact" exactly as if it was set using the <a href="command-line-options.html#define">-define</a> option. As such settings are global in scope, they
6592 can be used to pass 'attributes' and 'properties' of one specific image,
6593 in a way that allows you to use them in a completely different image, even if
6594 the original image has long since been modified or destroyed. For example: </p>
6597 convert rose: -set option:rosesize '%wx%h' -delete 0 \
6598 label:'%[rosesize]' label_size_of_rose.gif"
6601 <p>Note that <a href="escape.html">Format Percent Escapes</a> will only match
6602 a 'artifact' if the given <var>key</var> does not match an existing
6603 'attribute' or 'property'. </p>
6605 <p>You can set the attributes of the image registry by prefixing the value
6606 with <code>registry:</code>.</p>
6608 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#set">-set profile</a> option can also be used to inject
6609 previously-formatted ancillary chunks into the output PNG file, using
6610 the commandline option as shown below or by setting the profile via a
6611 programming interface:</p>
6614 convert in.png -set profile PNG-chunk-x:<filename> out.png
6617 <p>where <var>x</var> is a location flag and
6618 <var>filename</var> is a file containing the chunk
6619 name in the first 4 bytes, then a colon (":"), followed by the chunk data.
6620 This encoder will compute the chunk length and CRC, so those must not
6621 be included in the file.</p>
6623 <p>"x" can be "b" (before PLTE), "m" (middle, i.e., between PLTE and IDAT),
6624 or "e" (end, i.e., after IDAT). If you want to write multiple chunks
6625 of the same type, then add a short unique string after the "x" to prevent
6626 subsequent profiles from overwriting the preceding ones, e.g.,</p>
6630 convert in.png -set profile PNG-chunk-b01:file01 \
6631 -profile PNG-chunk-b02:file02 out.png
6634 <div style="margin: auto;">
6635 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="shade"></a>-shade <var>azimuth</var>x<var>elevation</var></h3>
6638 <p class="magick-description">shade the image using a distant light source.</p>
6640 <p>Specify <var>azimuth</var> and <var>elevation</var> as
6641 the position of the light source. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#shade">+shade</a> to return
6642 the shading results as a grayscale image.</p>
6644 <div style="margin: auto;">
6645 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="shadow"></a>-shadow <var>percent-opacity</var>{x<var>sigma</var>}{<var>+-</var>}<var>x</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>y</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
6648 <p class="magick-description">simulate an image shadow.</p>
6650 <div style="margin: auto;">
6651 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="shared-memory"></a>-shared-memory</h3>
6654 <p class="magick-description">use shared memory.</p>
6656 <p>This option specifies whether the utility should attempt to use shared
6657 memory for pixmaps. ImageMagick must be compiled with shared memory support,
6658 and the display must support the <var>MIT-SHM</var> extension.
6659 Otherwise, this option is ignored. The default is <code>True</code>.</p>
6661 <div style="margin: auto;">
6662 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sharpen"></a>-sharpen <var>radius</var><br>-sharpen <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var></h3>
6665 <p class="magick-description">sharpen the image.</p>
6667 <p>Use a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation (sigma).</p>
6669 <div style="margin: auto;">
6670 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="shave"></a>-shave <var>geometry</var></h3>
6673 <p class="magick-description">Shave pixels from the image edges.</p>
6675 <p>The <var>size</var> portion of the <var>geometry</var>
6676 argument specifies the width of the region to be removed from both sides of
6677 the image and the height of the regions to be removed from top and bottom.
6678 Offsets are ignored.</p>
6680 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
6682 <div style="margin: auto;">
6683 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="shear"></a>-shear <var>Xdegrees</var>[x<var>Ydegrees</var>]</h3>
6686 <p class="magick-description">Shear the image along the x-axis and/or y-axis.</p>
6688 <p>The shear angles may be positive, negative, or zero. When <var>Ydegrees</var> is omitted it defaults to 0. When both angles are
6689 given, the horizontal component of the shear is performed before the vertical
6692 <p>Shearing slides one edge of an image along the x-axis or y-axis (i.e.,
6693 horizontally or vertically, respectively),creating a parallelogram. The amount
6694 of each is controlled by the respective shear angle. For horizontal shears,
6695 <var>Xdegrees</var> is measured clockwise relative to "up" (the
6696 negative y-axis), sliding the top edge to the right when 0°<<var>Xdegrees</var><90° and to the left when 90°<<var>Xdegrees</var><180°. For vertical shears <var>Ydegrees</var> is measured clockwise relative to "right" (the
6697 positive x-axis), sliding the right edge down when 0°<<var>Ydegrees</var><90° and up when 90°<<var>Ydegrees</var><180°.</p>
6699 <p>Empty triangles left over from shearing the image are filled with the color
6700 defined by the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-background</a> option. The color is specified
6701 using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
6703 <p>The horizontal shear is performed before the vertical part. This is
6704 important to note, since horizontal and vertical shears do not
6705 <var>commute</var>, i.e., the order matters in a sequence of shears. For
6706 example, the following two commands are not equivalent.</p>
6709 convert logo: -shear 20x0 -shear 0x60 logo-sheared.png
6710 convert logo: -shear 0x60 -shear 20x0 logo-sheared.png
6713 <p>The first of the two commands above is equivalent to the following, except
6714 for the amount of empty space created; the command that follows generates
6715 a smaller image, and so is a better choice in terms of time and space.</p>
6718 convert logo: -shear 20x60 logo-sheared.png
6721 <div style="margin: auto;">
6722 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sigmoidal-contrast"></a>-sigmoidal-contrast <var>contrast</var>x<var>mid-point</var></h3>
6725 <p class="magick-description">increase the contrast without saturating highlights or shadows.</p>
6727 <p>Increase the contrast of the image using a sigmoidal transfer function
6728 without saturating highlights or shadows. <var>Contrast</var>
6729 indicates how much to increase the contrast. For example, 0 is none, 3 is
6730 typical and 20 is a lot.
6733 <p>The <var>mid-point</var> indicates where the maximum change
6734 'slope' in contrast should fall in the resultant image (0 is white; 50% is
6735 middle-gray; 100% is black). </p>
6737 <p>By default the image contrast is increased, use <var>+sigmoidal-contrast</var> to decrease the contrast.</p>
6739 <p>To achieve the equivalent of a sigmoidal brightness change (similar to
6740 a gamma adjustment), you would use <var>-sigmoidal-contrast
6741 {brightness}x0%</var> to increase brightness and <var>+sigmoidal-contrast {brightness}x0%</var> to decrease brightness.
6742 Note the use of '0' fo rthe mid-point of the sigmoidal curve. </p>
6744 <p>Using a very high <var>contrast</var> will produce a sort of
6745 'smoothed thresholding' of the image. Not as sharp (with high aliasing
6746 effects) of a true threshold, but with tapered gray-levels around the threshold
6747 <var>mid-point</var>. </p>
6749 <div style="margin: auto;">
6750 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="silent"></a>-silent</h3>
6753 <p class="magick-description">operate silently.</p>
6755 <div style="margin: auto;">
6756 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="similarity-threshold"></a>-similarity-threshold <var>value</var></h3>
6759 <p class="magick-description">minimum RMSE for subimage match.</p>
6761 <p>If this setting is used, then the search will stop as soon as it finds a match whose metric is less than or equal to the value. A partially filled second output image will result. Using a value of zero, will cause the search to stop at the first perfect match it finds. If this setting is left off, then the search will proceed to completion or as limited by <var>-dissimilarity-threshold</var>.</p>
6763 <div style="margin: auto;">
6764 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="size"></a>-size <var>width</var>[x<var>height</var>][<var>+offset</var>]</h3>
6767 <p class="magick-description">set the width and height of the image.</p>
6769 <p>Use this option to specify the width and height of raw images whose
6770 dimensions are unknown such as <code>GRAY</code>, <code>RGB</code>, or
6771 <code>CMYK</code>. In addition to width and height, use <a href="command-line-options.html#size">-size</a> with an offset to skip any header information in the
6772 image or tell the number of colors in a <code>MAP</code> image file, (e.g. -size
6775 <p>For Photo CD images, choose from these sizes:</p>
6785 <div style="margin: auto;">
6786 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sketch"></a>-sketch <var>radius</var><br>-sketch <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var>+<var>angle</var></h3>
6789 <p class="magick-description">simulate a pencil sketch.</p>
6791 <p>Sketch with the given radius, standard deviation (sigma), and angle. The
6792 angle given is the angle toward which the image is sketched. That is the
6793 direction people would consider the object is coming from. </p>
6795 <div style="margin: auto;">
6796 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="smush"></a>-smush <var>offset</var></h3>
6799 <p class="magick-description">smush an image sequence together.</p>
6801 <div style="margin: auto;">
6802 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="snaps"></a>-snaps <var>value</var></h3>
6805 <p class="magick-description">Set the number of screen snapshots.</p>
6807 <p>Use this option to grab more than one image from the X server screen, to create an animation sequence.</p>
6809 <div style="margin: auto;">
6810 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="solarize"></a>-solarize <var>threshold</var></h3>
6813 <p class="magick-description">negate all pixels above the threshold level.</p>
6815 <p>Specify <var>factor</var> as the percent threshold of the intensity (0 - 99.9%).</p>
6817 <p>This option produces a <var>solarization</var> effect seen when
6818 exposing a photographic film to light during the development process.</p>
6820 <div style="margin: auto;">
6821 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="sparse-color"></a>-sparse-color <var>method</var> '<var>x</var>,<var>y</var> <var>color</var> ...'</h3>
6824 <p class="magick-description"> color the given image using the specified points of color, and filling the other intervening colors using the given methods. </p>
6827 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
6828 <dt>barycentric</dt>
6829 <dd>three point triangle of color given 3 points.
6830 Giving only 2 points will form a linear gradient between those points.
6831 The gradient generated extends beyond the triangle created by those
6834 <dd>Like barycentric but for 4 points. Less than 4 points
6835 fall back to barycentric. </dd>
6837 <dd>Simply map each pixel to the to nearest color point
6838 given. The result are polygonal 'cells' of solid color. </dd>
6840 <dd>Colors points biased on the ratio of inverse distance
6841 squared. Generating spots of color in a sea of the average of
6844 <dd>Colors points biased on the ratio of inverse distance.
6845 This generates sharper points of color rather than rounded spots of
6846 '<code>shepards</code>' Generating spots of color in a sea of the
6847 average of colors. </dd>
6850 <p>The points are placed according to the images location on the virtual
6851 canvas (<a href="command-line-options.html#page">-page</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">-repage</a>
6852 offset), and do not actually have to exist on the given image, but may be
6853 some point beyond the edge of the image. All points are floating point values.
6856 <p>Only the color channels defined by the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> are
6857 modified, which means that by default matte/alpha transparency channel is not
6858 effected. Typically transparency channel is turned off either before or after
6861 <p>Of course if some color points are transparent to generate a transparent
6862 gradient, then the image also requires transparency enabled to store the
6865 <p>All the above methods when given a single point of color will replace all
6866 the colors in the image with the color given, regardless of the point. This is
6867 logical, and provides an alternative technique to recolor an image to some
6871 <div style="margin: auto;">
6872 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="splice"></a>-splice <var>geometry</var></h3>
6875 <p class="magick-description">Splice the current background color into the image.</p>
6877 <p>This will add rows and columns of the current <a href="command-line-options.html#background">-background</a> color into the given image according to the
6878 given <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> geometry setting. See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument. Essentially <a href="command-line-options.html#splice">-splice</a> will divide the
6879 image into four quadrants, separating them by the inserted rows and columns.
6882 <p>If a dimension of geometry is zero no rows or columns will be added for that
6883 dimension. Similarly using a zero offset with the appropriate <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> setting will add rows and columns to the edges of
6884 the image, padding the image only along that one edge. Edge padding is what <a href="command-line-options.html#splice">-splice</a> is most commonly used for. </p>
6886 <p>If the exact same <var>geometry</var> and <a href="command-line-options.html#gravity">-gravity</a> is later used with <a href="command-line-options.html#chop">-chop</a> the
6887 added added all splices removed. </p>
6889 <div style="margin: auto;">
6890 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="spread"></a>-spread <var>amount</var></h3>
6893 <p class="magick-description">displace image pixels by a random amount.</p>
6895 <p>The argument <var>amount</var> defines the size of the
6896 neighborhood around each pixel from which to choose a candidate pixel to
6899 <div style="margin: auto;">
6900 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="statistic"></a>-statistic <var>type</var> <var>geometry</var></h3>
6903 <p class="magick-description">replace each pixel with corresponding statistic from the neighborhood.</p>
6905 <p>Choose from these statistic types:</p>
6906 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
6907 <dt>Gradient</dt><dd>maximum difference (max - min) value in neighborhood</dd>
6908 <dt>Maximum</dt><dd>maximum value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6909 <dt>Minimum</dt><dd>minimum value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6910 <dt>Mean</dt><dd>average value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6911 <dt>Median</dt><dd>median value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6912 <dt>Mode</dt><dd>mode (most frequent) value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6913 <dt>Nonpeak</dt><dd>value just before or after the median value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6914 <dt>RMS</dt><dd>root mean square value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6915 <dt>StandardDeviation</dt><dd> standard deviation value per channel in neighborhood</dd>
6918 <div style="margin: auto;">
6919 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="stegano"></a>-stegano <var>offset</var></h3>
6922 <p class="magick-description">hide watermark within an image.</p>
6924 <p>Use an offset to start the image hiding some number of pixels from the
6925 beginning of the image. Note this offset and the image size. You will need
6926 this information to recover the steganographic image (e.g. display -size
6927 320x256+35 stegano:image.png).</p>
6929 <div style="margin: auto;">
6930 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="stereo"></a>-stereo <var>+x</var>{<var>+y</var>}</h3>
6933 <p class="magick-description">composite two images to create a red / cyan stereo anaglyph.</p>
6935 <p>The left side of the stereo pair (second image) is saved as the red channel of the output image. The right side (first image) is saved as the green and blue channels. Red-green stereo glasses are required to properly view the stereo image.</p>
6937 <div style="margin: auto;">
6938 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="storage-type"></a>-storage-type <var>type</var></h3>
6941 <p class="magick-description">pixel storage type. Here are the valid types:</p>
6943 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
6944 <dt>char</dt><dd>unsigned characters</dd>
6945 <dt>double</dt><dd>doubles</dd>
6946 <dt>float</dt><dd>floats</dd>
6947 <dt>integer</dt><dd>integers</dd>
6948 <dt>long</dt><dd>longs</dd>
6949 <dt>quantum</dt><dd>pixels in the native depth of your ImageMagick distribution</dd>
6950 <dt>short</dt><dd>unsigned shorts</dd>
6953 <p>Float and double types are normalized from 0.0 to 1.0 otherwise the pixels
6954 values range from 0 to the maximum value the storage type can support.</p>
6956 <div style="margin: auto;">
6957 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="stretch"></a>-stretch <var>fontStretch</var></h3>
6960 <p class="magick-description">Set a type of stretch style for fonts.</p>
6962 <p>This setting suggests a type of stretch that ImageMagick should try to
6963 apply to the currently selected font family. Select <var>fontStretch</var> from the following.</p>
6978 <p>To print a complete list of stretch types, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list
6981 <p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="command-line-options.html#font">-font</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#family">-family</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#style">-style</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
6983 <div style="margin: auto;">
6984 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="strip"></a>-strip</h3>
6987 <p class="magick-description">strip the image of any profiles or comments.</p>
6989 <div style="margin: auto;">
6990 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="stroke"></a>-stroke <var>color</var></h3>
6993 <p class="magick-description">color to use when stroking a graphic primitive.</p>
6995 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
6997 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
6999 <div style="margin: auto;">
7000 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="strokewidth"></a>-strokewidth <var>value</var></h3>
7003 <p class="magick-description">set the stroke width.</p>
7005 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
7007 <div style="margin: auto;">
7008 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="style"></a>-style <var>fontStyle</var></h3>
7011 <p class="magick-description">Set a font style for text.</p>
7013 <p>This setting suggests a font style that ImageMagick should try to apply to
7014 the currently selected font family. Select <var>fontStyle</var> from
7024 <p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="command-line-options.html#font">-font</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#family">-family</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#stretch">-stretch</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#weight">-weight</a>. </p>
7026 <div style="margin: auto;">
7027 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="subimage-search"></a>-subimage-search</h3>
7030 <p class="magick-description">search for subimage.</p>
7032 <p>This option is required to have compare search for the best match location
7033 of a small image within a larger image. This search will produce two images
7034 (or two frames). The first is the "difference" image and the second will
7035 be the "match score" image.</p>
7037 <p>The "match-score" image is smaller containing a pixel for ever possible
7038 position of the top-left corner of the given sub-image. that is its size will
7039 be the size of the larger_image - sub_image + 1. The brightest location in
7040 this image is the location s the locate on the best match that is also
7041 reported. Note that this may or may not be a perfect match, and the actual
7042 brightness will reflect this. Other bright 'peaks' can be used to locate other
7043 possible matching locations. </p>
7045 <p>Note that the search will try to compare the sub-image at every possible
7046 location in the larger image, as such it can be very slow. The smaller the
7047 sub-image the faster this search is. </p>
7050 <div style="margin: auto;">
7051 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="swap"></a>-swap <var>index,index</var></h3>
7054 <p class="magick-description">Swap the positions of two images in the image sequence.</p>
7056 <p>For example, <a href="command-line-options.html#swap">-swap 0,2</a> swaps the first and the third
7057 images in the current image sequence. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#swap">+swap</a> to switch
7058 the last two images in the sequence.</p>
7060 <div style="margin: auto;">
7061 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="swirl"></a>-swirl <var>degrees</var></h3>
7064 <p class="magick-description">swirl image pixels about the center.</p>
7066 <p><var>Degrees</var> defines the tightness of the swirl.</p>
7068 <div style="margin: auto;">
7069 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="synchronize"></a>-synchronize</h3>
7072 <p class="magick-description">synchronize image to storage device.</p>
7074 <p>Set to "true" to ensure all image data is fully flushed and synchronized
7075 to disk. There is a performance penalty, but the benefits include ensuring a
7076 valid image file in the event of a system crash and early reporting if there
7077 is not enough disk space for the image pixel cache.</p>
7079 <div style="margin: auto;">
7080 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="taint"></a>-taint</h3>
7083 <p class="magick-description">Mark the image as modified.</p>
7085 <div style="margin: auto;">
7086 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="text-font"></a>-text-font <var>name</var></h3>
7089 <p class="magick-description">font for writing fixed-width text.</p>
7091 <p>Specifies the name of the preferred font to use in fixed (typewriter style)
7092 formatted text. The default is 14 point <var>Courier</var>.</p>
7094 <p>You can tag a font to specify whether it is a PostScript, TrueType, or
7095 OPTION1 font. For example, <code>Courier.ttf</code> is a TrueType font and
7096 <code>x:fixed</code> is OPTION1.</p>
7098 <div style="margin: auto;">
7099 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="texture"></a>-texture <var>filename</var></h3>
7102 <p class="magick-description">name of texture to tile onto the image background.</p>
7104 <div style="margin: auto;">
7105 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="threshold"></a>-threshold <var>value</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
7108 <!-- {<var>green,blue,opacity</var>}
7109 <p>If the green or blue value is omitted, these channels use the same value as
7110 the first one provided. If all three color values are the same, the result is
7111 a bi-level image. If the opacity threshold is omitted, OpaqueOpacity is used
7112 and any partially transparent pixel becomes fully transparent.</p>
7115 <p class="magick-description">Apply simultaneous black/white threshold to the image.</p>
7117 <p>Any pixel values (more specifically, those channels set using <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">‑channel</a>) that exceed the specified threshold are reassigned the
7118 maximum channel value, while all other values are assigned the minimum.</p>
7120 <p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer
7121 value corresponding to the desired channel value. When given as an integer,
7122 the minimum attainable value is 0 (corresponding to black when all channels
7123 are affected), but the maximum value (corresponding to white) is that of the
7124 <code>quantum depth</code> of the particular build of ImageMagick, and is
7125 therefore dependent on the installation. For that reason, a reasonable
7126 recommendation for most applications is to specify the threshold values as
7129 <p> The following would force pixels with red values above 50% to have 100%
7130 red values, while those at or below 50% red would be set to 0 in the red
7131 channel. The green, blue, and alpha channels (if present) would be unchanged.
7135 convert in.png -channel red -threshold 50% out.png
7138 <p>As (possibly) impractical but instructive examples, the following would
7139 generate an all-black and an all-white image with the same dimensions as the
7144 convert in.png -threshold 100% black.png
7145 convert in.png -threshold -1 white.png
7148 <p>Note that the values of the transparency channel is treated as 'matte'
7149 values (0 is opaque) and not as 'alpha' values (0 is transparent).</p>
7151 <p> See also <a href="command-line-options.html#black-threshold">‑black‑threshold</a> and <a href="command-line-options.html#white-threshold">‑white‑threshold</a>.
7154 <div style="margin: auto;">
7155 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="thumbnail"></a>-thumbnail <var>geometry</var></h3>
7158 <p class="magick-description">Create a thumbnail of the image.</p>
7160 <p>This is similar to <a href="command-line-options.html#resize">-resize</a>, except it is optimized
7161 for speed and any image profile, other than a color profile, is removed to
7162 reduce the thumbnail size. To strip the color profiles as well, add <a href="command-line-options.html#strip">-strip</a> just before of after this option.</p>
7164 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
7166 <div style="margin: auto;">
7167 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="tile"></a>-tile <var>filename</var></h3>
7170 <p class="magick-description">Set the tile image used for filling a subsequent graphic primitive.</p>
7172 <div style="margin: auto;">
7173 <h3 class="magick-header">-tile <var>geometry</var></h3>
7176 <p class="magick-description">Specify the layout of images.</p>
7178 <p>See <a href="command-line-processing.html#geometry">Image Geometry</a> for complete details about the <em class="arg">geometry</em> argument.</p>
7180 <div style="margin: auto;">
7181 <h3 class="magick-header">-tile</h3>
7184 <p class="magick-description">Specifies that a subsequent composite operation is repeated across and down image.</p>
7186 <div style="margin: auto;">
7187 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="tile-offset"></a>-tile-offset {<var>+-</var>}<var>x</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>y</var></h3>
7190 <p class="magick-description">Specify the offset for tile images, relative to the background image it is tiled on.</p>
7192 <p>This should be set before the tiling image is set by <a href="command-line-options.html#tile">-tile</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#texture">-texture</a>, or directly applied for
7193 creating a tiled canvas using <code>TILE:</code> or <code>PATTERN:</code> input
7196 <p>Internally ImageMagick does a <a href="command-line-options.html#roll">-roll</a> of the tile image
7197 by the arguments given when the tile image is set. </p>
7199 <div style="margin: auto;">
7200 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="tint"></a>-tint <var>value</var></h3>
7203 <p class="magick-description">Tint the image with the fill color.</p>
7205 <p>Tint the image with the fill color.</p>
7207 <p>Specify the amount of tinting as a percentage. Pure colors like black,
7208 white red, yellow, will not be affected by -tint. Only mid-range colors such
7209 as the various shades of grey.</p>
7211 <div style="margin: auto;">
7212 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="title"></a>-title <var>string</var></h3>
7215 <p class="magick-description">Assign a title to displayed image.", "animate", "display", "montage</p>
7217 <p>Use this option to assign a specific title to the image. This assigned to
7218 the image window and is typically displayed in the window title bar.
7219 Optionally you can include the image filename, type, width, height, Exif data,
7220 or other image attribute by embedding special format characters described
7221 under the <a href="command-line-options.html#format">-format</a> option.</p>
7226 -title "%m:%f %wx%h"
7229 <p>produces an image title of <code>MIFF:bird.miff 512x480</code> for an image
7230 titled <code>bird.miff</code> and whose width is 512 and height is 480.</p>
7233 <div style="margin: auto;">
7234 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="transform"></a>-transform</h3>
7237 <p class="magick-description">transform the image.</p>
7239 <p>This option applies the transformation matrix from a previous <a href="command-line-options.html#affine">-affine</a> option.</p>
7242 convert -affine 2,2,-2,2,0,0 -transform bird.ppm bird.jpg
7246 <p>This operator has been now been superseded by the <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a> '<code>AffineProjection</code>' method. </p>
7249 <div style="margin: auto;">
7250 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="transparent"></a>-transparent <var>color</var></h3>
7253 <p class="magick-description">Make this color transparent within the image.</p>
7255 <p>The <var>color</var> argument is defined using the format
7256 described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option. The <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> setting can be used to match and replace colors similar to the one
7259 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">+transparent</a> to invert the pixels matched.
7260 that is make all non-matching colors transparent. </p>
7262 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#opaque">-opaque</a> operator is exactly the same as <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">-transparent</a> but replaces the matching color with the
7263 current <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> color setting, rather than transparent.
7264 However the <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">-transparent</a> operator also ensures
7265 that the image has an alpha channel enabled, as per "<code><a href="command-line-options.html#alpha">-alpha</a> set</code>", and does not require you to modify the <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">-channel</a> to enable alpha channel handling. </p>
7267 <p>Note that this does not define the color as being the 'transparency color'
7268 used for color-mapped image formats, such as GIF. For that use <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent-color">-transparent-color</a> </p>
7271 <div style="margin: auto;">
7272 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="transparent-color"></a>-transparent-color <var>color</var></h3>
7275 <p class="magick-description">Set the transparent color.</p>
7277 <p>Sometimes this is used for saving to image formats such as
7278 GIF and PNG8 which uses this color to represent boolean transparency. This
7279 does not make a color transparent, it only defines what color the transparent
7280 color is in the color palette of the saved image. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#transparent">-transparent</a> to make an opaque color transparent.</p>
7282 <p>This option allows you to have both an opaque visible color, as well as a
7283 transparent color of the same color value without conflict. That is, you can
7284 use the same color for both the transparent and opaque color areas within an
7285 image. This, in turn, frees to you to select a transparent color that is
7286 appropriate when an image is displayed by an application that does not handle a
7287 transparent color index, while allowing ImageMagick to correctly handle images of this
7290 <p>The default transparent color is <code>#00000000</code>, which is fully transparent black.</p>
7292 <div style="margin: auto;">
7293 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="transpose"></a>-transpose</h3>
7296 <p class="magick-description">Mirror the image along the top-left to bottom-right diagonal.</p>
7298 <p> This option mathematically transposes the pixel array. It is equivalent to the sequence <code>-flip -rotate 90</code>.
7301 <div style="margin: auto;">
7302 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="transverse"></a>-transverse</h3>
7305 <p class="magick-description">Mirror the image along the images bottom-left top-right diagonal. Equivalent to the operations <code>-flop -rotate 90</code>.</p>
7308 <div style="margin: auto;">
7309 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="treedepth"></a>-treedepth <var>value</var></h3>
7312 <p class="magick-description">tree depth for the color reduction algorithm.</p>
7314 <p>Normally, this integer value is zero or one. A value of zero or one causes
7315 the use of an optimal tree depth for the color reduction algorithm.</p>
7317 <p>An optimal depth generally allows the best representation of the source
7318 image with the fastest computational speed and the least amount of memory.
7319 However, the default depth is inappropriate for some images. To assure the
7320 best representation, try values between 2 and 8 for this parameter. Refer to
7321 the <a href="quantize.html">color reduction algorithm</a> for more details.</p>
7323 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a> or <a href="command-line-options.html#monochrome">-monochrome</a>
7324 option, or writing to an image format which requires color reduction, is
7325 required for this option to take effect.</p>
7327 <div style="margin: auto;">
7328 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="trim"></a>-trim</h3>
7331 <p class="magick-description">trim an image.</p>
7333 <p>This option removes any edges that are exactly the same color as the corner
7334 pixels. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#fuzz">-fuzz</a> to make <a href="command-line-options.html#trim">-trim</a> remove
7335 edges that are nearly the same color as the corner pixels.</p>
7337 <p>The page or virtual canvas information of the image is preserved allowing
7338 you to extract the result of the <a href="command-line-options.html#trim">-trim</a> operation from the
7339 image. Use a <a href="command-line-options.html#repage">+repage</a> to remove the virtual canvas page
7340 information if it is unwanted.</p>
7342 <p>If the trimmed image 'disappears' an warning is produced, and a special
7343 single pixel transparent 'missed' image is returned, in the same way as when a
7344 <a href="command-line-options.html#crop">-crop</a> operation 'misses' the image proper. </p>
7347 <div style="margin: auto;">
7348 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="type"></a>-type <var>type</var></h3>
7351 <p class="magick-description">the image type.</p> <p>Choose from: <code>Bilevel</code>,
7352 <code>Grayscale</code>, <code>GrayscaleMatte</code>, <code>Palette</code>,
7353 <code>PaletteMatte</code>, <code>TrueColor</code>, <code>TrueColorMatte</code>,
7354 <code>ColorSeparation</code>, or <code>ColorSeparationMatte</code>.</p>
7356 <p>Normally, when a format supports different subformats such as grayscale and
7357 truecolor, the encoder will try to choose an efficient subformat. The <a href="command-line-options.html#type">-type</a> option can be used to override this behavior. For
7358 example, to prevent a JPEG from being written in grayscale format even though
7359 only gray pixels are present, use.</p>
7362 convert bird.png -type TrueColor bird.jpg
7365 <p>Similarly, use <a href="command-line-options.html#type">-type TrueColorMatte</a> to force the
7366 encoder to write an alpha channel even though the image is opaque, if the
7367 output format supports transparency.</p>
7369 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#type">-type optimize</a> to ensure the image is written in the smallest possible file size.</p>
7371 <div style="margin: auto;">
7372 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="undercolor"></a>-undercolor <var>color</var></h3>
7375 <p class="magick-description">set the color of the annotation bounding box.</p>
7377 <p>The color is specified using the format described under the <a href="command-line-options.html#fill">-fill</a> option.</p>
7379 <p>See <a href="command-line-options.html#draw">-draw</a> for further details.</p>
7382 <div style="margin: auto;">
7383 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="update"></a>-update <var>seconds</var></h3>
7386 <p class="magick-description">detect when image file is modified and redisplay.</p>
7388 <p>Suppose that while you are displaying an image the file that is currently
7389 displayed is over-written. <code>display</code> will automagically detect that
7390 the input file has been changed and update the displayed image
7394 <div style="margin: auto;">
7395 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="unique-colors"></a>-unique-colors</h3>
7398 <p class="magick-description">discard all but one of any pixel color.</p>
7401 <div style="margin: auto;">
7402 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="units"></a>-units <var>type</var></h3>
7405 <p class="magick-description">the units of image resolution.</p>
7407 <p>Choose from: <code>Undefined</code>, <code>PixelsPerInch</code>, or
7408 <code>PixelsPerCentimeter</code>. This option is normally used in conjunction
7409 with the <a href="command-line-options.html#density">-density</a> option.</p>
7412 <div style="margin: auto;">
7413 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="unsharp"></a>-unsharp <var>radius</var><br>-unsharp <var>radius</var>x<var>sigma</var>{<var>+gain</var>}{<var>+threshold</var>}</h3>
7416 <p class="magick-description">sharpen the image with an unsharp mask operator.</p>
7418 <p>The <a href="command-line-options.html#unsharp">-unsharp</a> option sharpens an image. The image is
7419 convolved with a Gaussian operator of the given radius and standard deviation
7420 (sigma). For reasonable results, radius should be larger than sigma. Use
7421 a radius of 0 to have the method select a suitable radius.</p>
7423 <p>The parameters are:</p>
7425 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
7427 <dd>The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (default 0).</dd>
7429 <dd>The standard deviation of the Gaussian, in pixels (default 1.0).</dd>
7431 <dd>The fraction of the difference between the original and the blur image that is added back into the original (default 1.0).</dd>
7433 <dd>The threshold, as a fraction of <var>QuantumRange</var>, needed to apply the difference amount (default 0.05).</dd>
7436 <div style="margin: auto;">
7437 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="verbose"></a>-verbose</h3>
7440 <p class="magick-description">print detailed information about the image when this option precedes the <a href="command-line-options.html#identify">-identify</a> option or <code>info:</code>.</p>
7443 <div style="margin: auto;">
7444 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="version"></a>-version</h3>
7447 <p class="magick-description">print ImageMagick version string and exit.</p>
7450 <div style="margin: auto;">
7451 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="view"></a>-view <var>string</var></h3>
7454 <p class="magick-description">FlashPix viewing parameters.</p>
7457 <div style="margin: auto;">
7458 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="vignette"></a>-vignette <var>radius</var>{x<var>sigma</var>}{<var>+-</var>}<var>x</var>{<var>+-</var>}<var>y</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
7461 <p class="magick-description">soften the edges of the image in vignette style.</p>
7463 <p>The vignette effect rolloff is controlled by radiusxsigma. For nominal rolloff, this would be set to 0xsigma. A value of 0x0 will produce a circle/ellipse with no rolloff. The arguments x and y control the size of the circle. Larger values decrease the radii and smaller values increase the radii. Values of +0+0 will generate a circle/ellipse the same size as the image. The default values for x and y are 10% of the corresponding image dimension. Thus, the radii will be decreased by 10%, i.e., the diameters of the circle/ellipse will be 80% of the corresponding image dimension.</p>
7465 <div style="margin: auto;">
7466 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="virtual-pixel"></a>-virtual-pixel <var>method</var></h3>
7469 <p class="magick-description">Specify contents of <var>virtual pixels</var>.</p>
7471 <p>This option defines what color source should be used if and when a color
7472 lookup completely 'misses' the source image. The color(s) that appear to
7473 surround the source image. Generally this color is derived from the source
7474 image, but could also be set to a specify background color. </p>
7476 <p>Choose from these methods:</p>
7478 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
7479 <dt>background</dt><dd>the area surrounding the image is the background color</dd>
7480 <dt>black</dt><dd>the area surrounding the image is black</dd>
7481 <dt>checker-tile</dt><dd>alternate squares with image and background color</dd>
7482 <dt>dither</dt><dd>non-random 32x32 dithered pattern</dd>
7483 <dt>edge</dt><dd>extend the edge pixel toward infinity</dd>
7484 <dt>gray</dt><dd>the area surrounding the image is gray</dd>
7485 <dt>horizontal-tile</dt><dd>horizontally tile the image, background color above/below</dd>
7486 <dt>horizontal-tile-edge</dt><dd>horizontally tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels</dd>
7487 <dt>mirror</dt><dd>mirror tile the image</dd>
7488 <dt>random</dt><dd>choose a random pixel from the image</dd>
7489 <dt>tile</dt><dd>tile the image (default)</dd>
7490 <dt>transparent</dt><dd>the area surrounding the image is transparent blackness</dd>
7491 <dt>vertical-tile</dt><dd>vertically tile the image, sides are background color</dd>
7492 <dt>vertical-tile-edge</dt><dd>vertically tile the image and replicate the side edge pixels</dd>
7493 <dt>white</dt><dd>the area surrounding the image is white</dd>
7496 <p>The default value is "edge".</p>
7498 <p>This most important for distortion operators such as <a href="command-line-options.html#distort">-distort</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#implode">-implode</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#fx">-fx</a>.
7499 However it also effects operations that may access pixels just outside the
7500 image proper, such as <a href="command-line-options.html#convolve">-convolve</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#blur">-blur</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#sharpen">-sharpen</a>. </p>
7502 <p>To print a complete list of virtual pixel types, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list virtual-pixel</a> option.</p>
7505 <div style="margin: auto;">
7506 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="visual"></a>-visual <var>type</var></h3>
7509 <p class="magick-description">Animate images using this X visual type.", 'animate', 'display'</p>
7511 <p>Choose from these visual classes:</p>
7514 StaticGray TrueColor
7515 GrayScale DirectColor
7517 PseudoColor visual id
7520 <p>The X server must support the visual you choose, otherwise an error occurs.
7521 If a visual is not specified, the visual class that can display the most
7522 simultaneous colors on the default screen is chosen.</p>
7525 <div style="margin: auto;">
7526 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="watermark"></a>-watermark <var>brightness</var>x<var>saturation</var></h3>
7529 <p class="magick-description">Watermark an image using the given percentages of brightness and saturation.</p>
7531 <p>Take a grayscale image (with alpha mask) and modify the destination image's
7532 brightness according to watermark image's grayscale value and the
7533 <var>brightness</var> percentage. The destinations color saturation
7534 attribute is just direct modified by the <var>saturation</var>
7535 percentage, which defaults to 100 percent (no color change). </p>
7538 <div style="margin: auto;">
7539 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="wave"></a>-wave <var>amplitude</var><br>-wave <var>amplitude</var>x<var>wavelength</var></h3>
7542 <p class="magick-description">Shear the columns of an image into a sine wave.</p>
7544 <p>Specify <var>amplitude</var> and <var>wavelength</var>
7547 <div style="margin: auto;">
7548 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="weight"></a>-weight <var>fontWeight</var></h3>
7551 <p class="magick-description">Set a font weight for text.</p>
7553 <p>This setting suggests a font weight that ImageMagick should try to apply to
7554 the currently selected font family. Use a positive integer for
7555 <var>fontWeight</var> or select from the following.</p>
7557 <dl class="dl-horizontal">
7559 <dd>No effect. </dd>
7561 <dd>Same as <var>fontWeight</var> = 700.</dd>
7563 <dd>Add 100 to font weight if currently ≤ 800.</dd>
7565 <dd>Subtract 100 to font weight if currently ≤ 100.</dd>
7567 <dd>Same as <var>fontWeight</var> = 400.</dd>
7571 <p>To print a complete list of weight types, use <a href="command-line-options.html#list">-list weight</a>.</p>
7573 <p>For other settings that affect fonts, see the options <a href="command-line-options.html#font">-font</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#family">-family</a>, <a href="command-line-options.html#stretch">-stretch</a>, and <a href="command-line-options.html#style">-style</a>. </p>
7575 <div style="margin: auto;">
7576 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="white-point"></a>-white-point <var>x,y</var></h3>
7579 <p class="magick-description">chromaticity white point.</p>
7581 <div style="margin: auto;">
7582 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="white-threshold"></a>-white-threshold <var>value</var>{<var>%</var>}</h3>
7585 <p class="magick-description">Force to white all pixels above the threshold while leaving all pixels at or below the threshold unchanged.</p>
7587 <p> The threshold value can be given as a percentage or as an absolute integer
7588 value within [0, <var>QuantumRange</var>] corresponding to the
7589 desired <a href="command-line-options.html#channel">‑channel</a> value. See <a href="command-line-options.html#threshold">‑threshold</a>for more details on thresholds and resulting values. </p>
7591 <div style="margin: auto;">
7592 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="window"></a>-window <var>id</var></h3>
7595 <p class="magick-description">Make the image the background of a window.", 'animate', 'display'</p>
7597 <p><var>id</var> can be a window id or name. Specify <code>root</code>
7598 to select X's root window as the target window.</p>
7600 <p>By default the image is tiled onto the background of the target window. If
7601 <code>backdrop</code> or <a href="command-line-options.html#geometry">-resize</a> are specified, the
7602 image is surrounded by the background color. Refer to <code>X RESOURCES</code>
7605 <p>The image will not display on the root window if the image has more unique
7606 colors than the target window colormap allows. Use <a href="command-line-options.html#colors">-colors</a> to reduce the number of colors.</p>
7608 <div style="margin: auto;">
7609 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="window-group"></a>-window-group</h3>
7612 <p class="magick-description">specify the window group.</p>
7614 <div style="margin: auto;">
7615 <h3 class="magick-header"><a id="write"></a>-write <var>filename</var></h3>
7618 <p class="magick-description">write an image sequence.</p>
7620 <p>The image sequence preceding the <a href="command-line-options.html#write">-write</a> <var>filename</var> option is written out, and processing continues with the same image in its current state if there are additional options. To restore the image to its original state after writing it, use the <a href="command-line-options.html#write">+write</a> <var>filename</var> option.</p>
7622 <p>Use <a href="command-line-options.html#compress">-compress</a> to specify the type of image compression.</p>
7625 <footer class="magick-footer">
7626 <div class="magick-nav-item pull-left">
7627 <a href="support.html">Donate</a>
7629 <p><a href="sitemap.html">Sitemap</a> •
7630 <a href="links.html">Related</a> •
7631 <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/MagickStudio/scripts/MagickStudio.cgi">Image Studio</a> •
7632 <a href="http://jqmagick.imagemagick.org/">JqMagick</a> •
7633 <a href="http://pgp.mit.edu:11371/pks/lookup?op=get&search=0x89AB63D48277377A">Public Key</a>
7635 <p><a href="command-line-options.html#">Back to top</a> •
7636 <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org/script/contact.php">Contact Us</a></p>
7637 <p><small>© 1999-2015 ImageMagick Studio LLC</small></p>
7639 </div><!-- /.container -->
7641 <script src="https://localhost/ajax/libs/jquery/1.11.2/jquery.min.js"></script>
7642 <script src="../js/bootstrap.min.js"></script>
7643 <script type="text/javascript">
7646 var s = document.createElement('offline-script'), t = document.getElementsByTagName('offline-script')[0];
7647 s.type = 'text/javascript';
7649 s.src = 'http://api.flattr.com/js/0.6/load.js?mode=auto';
7650 t.parentNode.insertBefore(s, t);